1 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
---|
2 | <!--
|
---|
3 | user_VBoxManage.xml:
|
---|
4 | VBoxManage documentation for the user manual.
|
---|
5 |
|
---|
6 | This XML document is also be used for generating the help text
|
---|
7 | built into VBoxManage as well as manpages (hacking in progress).
|
---|
8 |
|
---|
9 | Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
10 |
|
---|
11 | This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
|
---|
12 | available from http://www.alldomusa.eu.org. This file is free software;
|
---|
13 | you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
14 | General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
|
---|
15 | Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
|
---|
16 | VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
|
---|
17 | hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
|
---|
18 | -->
|
---|
19 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
|
---|
20 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"[
|
---|
21 | <!ENTITY % all.entities SYSTEM "all-entities.ent">
|
---|
22 | %all.entities;
|
---|
23 | ]>
|
---|
24 | <chapter id="vboxmanage">
|
---|
25 |
|
---|
26 | <title>VBoxManage</title>
|
---|
27 |
|
---|
28 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-intro">
|
---|
29 |
|
---|
30 | <title>Introduction</title>
|
---|
31 |
|
---|
32 | <para>
|
---|
33 | As briefly mentioned in <xref linkend="frontends" />, VBoxManage
|
---|
34 | is the command-line interface to VirtualBox. With it, you can
|
---|
35 | completely control VirtualBox from the command line of your host
|
---|
36 | operating system. VBoxManage supports all the features that the
|
---|
37 | graphical user interface gives you access to, but it supports a
|
---|
38 | lot more than that. It exposes really all the features of the
|
---|
39 | virtualization engine, even those that cannot (yet) be accessed
|
---|
40 | from the GUI.
|
---|
41 | </para>
|
---|
42 |
|
---|
43 | <para>
|
---|
44 | You will need to use the command line if you want to do the
|
---|
45 | following:
|
---|
46 | </para>
|
---|
47 |
|
---|
48 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
49 |
|
---|
50 | <listitem>
|
---|
51 | <para>
|
---|
52 | Use a different user interface than the main GUI. For example,
|
---|
53 | VBoxSDL or the VBoxHeadless server.
|
---|
54 | </para>
|
---|
55 | </listitem>
|
---|
56 |
|
---|
57 | <listitem>
|
---|
58 | <para>
|
---|
59 | Control some of the more advanced and experimental
|
---|
60 | configuration settings for a VM.
|
---|
61 | </para>
|
---|
62 | </listitem>
|
---|
63 |
|
---|
64 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
65 |
|
---|
66 | <para>
|
---|
67 | There are two main things to keep in mind when using
|
---|
68 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage</computeroutput>: First,
|
---|
69 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage</computeroutput> must always be used
|
---|
70 | with a specific "subcommand", such as "list" or "createvm" or
|
---|
71 | "startvm". All the subcommands that
|
---|
72 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage</computeroutput> supports are described
|
---|
73 | in detail in <xref linkend="vboxmanage" />.
|
---|
74 | </para>
|
---|
75 |
|
---|
76 | <para>
|
---|
77 | Second, most of these subcommands require that you specify a
|
---|
78 | particular virtual machine after the subcommand. There are two
|
---|
79 | ways you can do this:
|
---|
80 | </para>
|
---|
81 |
|
---|
82 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
83 |
|
---|
84 | <listitem>
|
---|
85 | <para>
|
---|
86 | You can specify the VM name, as it is shown in the VirtualBox
|
---|
87 | GUI. Note that if that name contains spaces, then you must
|
---|
88 | enclose the entire name in double quotes (as it is always
|
---|
89 | required with command line arguments that contain spaces).
|
---|
90 | </para>
|
---|
91 |
|
---|
92 | <para>
|
---|
93 | For example:
|
---|
94 |
|
---|
95 | <screen>VBoxManage startvm "Windows XP"</screen>
|
---|
96 | </para>
|
---|
97 | </listitem>
|
---|
98 |
|
---|
99 | <listitem>
|
---|
100 | <para>
|
---|
101 | You can specify the UUID, which is the internal unique
|
---|
102 | identifier that VirtualBox uses to refer to the virtual
|
---|
103 | machine. Assuming that the aforementioned VM called "Windows
|
---|
104 | XP" has the UUID shown below, the following command has the
|
---|
105 | same effect as the previous:
|
---|
106 |
|
---|
107 | <screen>VBoxManage startvm 670e746d-abea-4ba6-ad02-2a3b043810a5</screen>
|
---|
108 | </para>
|
---|
109 | </listitem>
|
---|
110 |
|
---|
111 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
112 |
|
---|
113 | <para>
|
---|
114 | You can type <computeroutput>VBoxManage list vms</computeroutput>
|
---|
115 | to have all currently registered VMs listed with all their
|
---|
116 | settings, including their respective names and UUIDs.
|
---|
117 | </para>
|
---|
118 |
|
---|
119 | <para>
|
---|
120 | Some typical examples of how to control VirtualBox from the
|
---|
121 | command line are listed below:
|
---|
122 | </para>
|
---|
123 |
|
---|
124 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
125 |
|
---|
126 | <listitem>
|
---|
127 | <para>
|
---|
128 | To create a new virtual machine from the command line and
|
---|
129 | immediately register it with VirtualBox, use
|
---|
130 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage createvm</computeroutput> with the
|
---|
131 | <computeroutput>--register</computeroutput> option,
|
---|
132 |
|
---|
133 | <footnote>
|
---|
134 |
|
---|
135 | <para>
|
---|
136 | For details, see
|
---|
137 | <xref
|
---|
138 | linkend="vboxmanage-createvm" />.
|
---|
139 | </para>
|
---|
140 |
|
---|
141 | </footnote>
|
---|
142 |
|
---|
143 | like this:
|
---|
144 | </para>
|
---|
145 |
|
---|
146 | <screen>$ VBoxManage createvm --name "SUSE 10.2" --register
|
---|
147 | VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version <replaceable>version-number</replaceable>
|
---|
148 | (C) 2005-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
149 | All rights reserved.
|
---|
150 |
|
---|
151 | Virtual machine 'SUSE 10.2' is created.
|
---|
152 | UUID: c89fc351-8ec6-4f02-a048-57f4d25288e5
|
---|
153 | Settings file: '/home/username/.config/VirtualBox/Machines/SUSE 10.2/SUSE 10.2.xml'</screen>
|
---|
154 |
|
---|
155 | <para>
|
---|
156 | As can be seen from the above output, a new virtual machine
|
---|
157 | has been created with a new UUID and a new XML settings file.
|
---|
158 | </para>
|
---|
159 | </listitem>
|
---|
160 |
|
---|
161 | <listitem>
|
---|
162 | <para>
|
---|
163 | To show the configuration of a particular VM, use
|
---|
164 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage showvminfo</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
165 | <xref
|
---|
166 | linkend="vboxmanage-showvminfo" /> for details
|
---|
167 | and an example.
|
---|
168 | </para>
|
---|
169 | </listitem>
|
---|
170 |
|
---|
171 | <listitem>
|
---|
172 | <para>
|
---|
173 | To change settings while a VM is powered off, use
|
---|
174 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage modifyvm</computeroutput>. For
|
---|
175 | example:
|
---|
176 |
|
---|
177 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "Windows XP" --memory 512</screen>
|
---|
178 | </para>
|
---|
179 |
|
---|
180 | <para>
|
---|
181 | For details, see <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm" />.
|
---|
182 | </para>
|
---|
183 | </listitem>
|
---|
184 |
|
---|
185 | <listitem>
|
---|
186 | <para>
|
---|
187 | To change the storage configuration (e.g. to add a storage
|
---|
188 | controller and then a virtual disk), use
|
---|
189 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage storagectl</computeroutput> and
|
---|
190 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage storageattach</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
191 | <xref
|
---|
192 | linkend="vboxmanage-storagectl" /> and
|
---|
193 | <xref
|
---|
194 | linkend="vboxmanage-storageattach" />.
|
---|
195 | </para>
|
---|
196 | </listitem>
|
---|
197 |
|
---|
198 | <listitem>
|
---|
199 | <para>
|
---|
200 | To control VM operation, use one of the following:
|
---|
201 | </para>
|
---|
202 |
|
---|
203 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
204 |
|
---|
205 | <listitem>
|
---|
206 | <para>
|
---|
207 | To start a VM that is currently powered off, use
|
---|
208 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage startvm</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
209 | <xref
|
---|
210 | linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
211 | </para>
|
---|
212 | </listitem>
|
---|
213 |
|
---|
214 | <listitem>
|
---|
215 | <para>
|
---|
216 | To pause or save a VM that is currently running or change
|
---|
217 | some of its settings, use <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
218 | controlvm</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
219 | <xref
|
---|
220 | linkend="vboxmanage-controlvm" />.
|
---|
221 | </para>
|
---|
222 | </listitem>
|
---|
223 |
|
---|
224 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
225 | </listitem>
|
---|
226 |
|
---|
227 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
228 |
|
---|
229 | </sect1>
|
---|
230 |
|
---|
231 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-cmd-overview">
|
---|
232 |
|
---|
233 | <title>Commands Overview</title>
|
---|
234 |
|
---|
235 | <para>
|
---|
236 | When running VBoxManage without parameters or when supplying an
|
---|
237 | invalid command line, the below syntax diagram will be shown. Note
|
---|
238 | that the output will be slightly different depending on the host
|
---|
239 | platform; when in doubt, check the output of
|
---|
240 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage</computeroutput> for the commands
|
---|
241 | available on your particular host.
|
---|
242 | </para>
|
---|
243 |
|
---|
244 | <xi:include href="user_VBoxManage_CommandsOverview.xml" xpointer="xpointer(/sect1/*)"
|
---|
245 | xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
246 |
|
---|
247 | <para>
|
---|
248 | Each time VBoxManage is invoked, only one command can be executed.
|
---|
249 | However, a command might support several subcommands which then
|
---|
250 | can be invoked in one single call. The following sections provide
|
---|
251 | detailed reference information on the different commands.
|
---|
252 | </para>
|
---|
253 |
|
---|
254 | </sect1>
|
---|
255 |
|
---|
256 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-general">
|
---|
257 |
|
---|
258 | <title>General Options</title>
|
---|
259 |
|
---|
260 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
261 |
|
---|
262 | <listitem>
|
---|
263 | <para>
|
---|
264 | <computeroutput>-v|--version</computeroutput>: show the
|
---|
265 | version of this tool and exit.
|
---|
266 | </para>
|
---|
267 | </listitem>
|
---|
268 |
|
---|
269 | <listitem>
|
---|
270 | <para>
|
---|
271 | <computeroutput>--nologo</computeroutput>: suppress the output
|
---|
272 | of the logo information (useful for scripts)
|
---|
273 | </para>
|
---|
274 | </listitem>
|
---|
275 |
|
---|
276 | <listitem>
|
---|
277 | <para>
|
---|
278 | <computeroutput>--settingspw</computeroutput>: specifiy a
|
---|
279 | settings password
|
---|
280 | </para>
|
---|
281 | </listitem>
|
---|
282 |
|
---|
283 | <listitem>
|
---|
284 | <para>
|
---|
285 | <computeroutput>--settingspwfile</computeroutput>: specify a
|
---|
286 | file containing the settings password.
|
---|
287 | </para>
|
---|
288 | </listitem>
|
---|
289 |
|
---|
290 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
291 |
|
---|
292 | <para>
|
---|
293 | The settings password is used for certain settings which need to
|
---|
294 | be stored encrypted for security reasons. At the moment, the only
|
---|
295 | encrypted setting is the iSCSI initiator secret (see
|
---|
296 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-storageattach" /> for details). As long
|
---|
297 | as no settings password is specified, this information is stored
|
---|
298 | in <emphasis role="bold">plain text</emphasis>. After using the
|
---|
299 | <computeroutput>--settingspw|--settingspwfile</computeroutput>
|
---|
300 | option once, it must be always used, otherwise the encrypted
|
---|
301 | setting cannot be unencrypted.
|
---|
302 | </para>
|
---|
303 |
|
---|
304 | </sect1>
|
---|
305 |
|
---|
306 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-list">
|
---|
307 |
|
---|
308 | <title>VBoxManage list</title>
|
---|
309 |
|
---|
310 | <para>
|
---|
311 | The <computeroutput>list</computeroutput> command gives relevant
|
---|
312 | information about your system and information about VirtualBox's
|
---|
313 | current settings.
|
---|
314 | </para>
|
---|
315 |
|
---|
316 | <para>
|
---|
317 | The following subcommands are available with
|
---|
318 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage list</computeroutput>:
|
---|
319 | </para>
|
---|
320 |
|
---|
321 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
322 |
|
---|
323 | <listitem>
|
---|
324 | <para>
|
---|
325 | <computeroutput>vms</computeroutput> lists all virtual
|
---|
326 | machines currently registered with VirtualBox. By default this
|
---|
327 | displays a compact list with each VM's name and UUID; if you
|
---|
328 | also specify <computeroutput>--long</computeroutput> or
|
---|
329 | <computeroutput>-l</computeroutput>, this will be a detailed
|
---|
330 | list as with the <computeroutput>showvminfo</computeroutput>
|
---|
331 | command (see below).
|
---|
332 | </para>
|
---|
333 | </listitem>
|
---|
334 |
|
---|
335 | <listitem>
|
---|
336 | <para>
|
---|
337 | <computeroutput>runningvms</computeroutput> lists all
|
---|
338 | currently running virtual machines by their unique identifiers
|
---|
339 | (UUIDs) in the same format as with
|
---|
340 | <computeroutput>vms</computeroutput>.
|
---|
341 | </para>
|
---|
342 | </listitem>
|
---|
343 |
|
---|
344 | <listitem>
|
---|
345 | <para>
|
---|
346 | <computeroutput>ostypes</computeroutput> lists all guest
|
---|
347 | operating systems presently known to VirtualBox, along with
|
---|
348 | the identifiers used to refer to them with the
|
---|
349 | <computeroutput>modifyvm</computeroutput> command.
|
---|
350 | </para>
|
---|
351 | </listitem>
|
---|
352 |
|
---|
353 | <listitem>
|
---|
354 | <para>
|
---|
355 | <computeroutput>hostdvds</computeroutput>,
|
---|
356 | <computeroutput>hostfloppies</computeroutput>, respectively,
|
---|
357 | list DVD, floppy, bridged networking and host-only networking
|
---|
358 | interfaces on the host, along with the name used to access
|
---|
359 | them from within VirtualBox.
|
---|
360 | </para>
|
---|
361 | </listitem>
|
---|
362 |
|
---|
363 | <listitem>
|
---|
364 | <para>
|
---|
365 | <computeroutput>intnets</computeroutput> displays information
|
---|
366 | about the internal networks.
|
---|
367 | </para>
|
---|
368 | </listitem>
|
---|
369 |
|
---|
370 | <listitem>
|
---|
371 | <para>
|
---|
372 | <computeroutput>bridgedifs</computeroutput>,
|
---|
373 | <computeroutput>hostonlyifs</computeroutput>,
|
---|
374 | <computeroutput>natnets</computeroutput> and
|
---|
375 | <computeroutput>dhcpservers</computeroutput>, respectively,
|
---|
376 | list bridged network interfaces, host-only network interfaces,
|
---|
377 | NAT network interfaces and DHCP servers currently available on
|
---|
378 | the host. Please see
|
---|
379 | <xref
|
---|
380 | linkend="networkingdetails" /> for details on
|
---|
381 | these.
|
---|
382 | </para>
|
---|
383 | </listitem>
|
---|
384 |
|
---|
385 | <listitem>
|
---|
386 | <para>
|
---|
387 | <computeroutput>hostinfo</computeroutput> displays information
|
---|
388 | about the host system, such as CPUs, memory size and operating
|
---|
389 | system version.
|
---|
390 | </para>
|
---|
391 | </listitem>
|
---|
392 |
|
---|
393 | <listitem>
|
---|
394 | <para>
|
---|
395 | <computeroutput>hostcpuids</computeroutput> dumps the CPUID
|
---|
396 | parameters for the host CPUs. This can be used for a more fine
|
---|
397 | grained analyis of the host's virtualization capabilities.
|
---|
398 | </para>
|
---|
399 | </listitem>
|
---|
400 |
|
---|
401 | <listitem>
|
---|
402 | <para>
|
---|
403 | <computeroutput>hddbackends</computeroutput> lists all known
|
---|
404 | virtual disk back-ends of VirtualBox. For each such format
|
---|
405 | (such as VDI, VMDK or RAW), this lists the back-end's
|
---|
406 | capabilities and configuration.
|
---|
407 | </para>
|
---|
408 | </listitem>
|
---|
409 |
|
---|
410 | <listitem>
|
---|
411 | <para>
|
---|
412 | <computeroutput>hdds</computeroutput>,
|
---|
413 | <computeroutput>dvds</computeroutput> and
|
---|
414 | <computeroutput>floppies</computeroutput> all give you
|
---|
415 | information about virtual disk images currently in use by
|
---|
416 | VirtualBox, including all their settings, the unique
|
---|
417 | identifiers (UUIDs) associated with them by VirtualBox and all
|
---|
418 | files associated with them. This is the command-line
|
---|
419 | equivalent of the Virtual Media Manager. See
|
---|
420 | <xref
|
---|
421 | linkend="vdis" />.
|
---|
422 | </para>
|
---|
423 | </listitem>
|
---|
424 |
|
---|
425 | <listitem>
|
---|
426 | <para>
|
---|
427 | <computeroutput>usbhost</computeroutput> supplies information
|
---|
428 | about USB devices attached to the host, notably information
|
---|
429 | useful for constructing USB filters and whether they are
|
---|
430 | currently in use by the host.
|
---|
431 | </para>
|
---|
432 | </listitem>
|
---|
433 |
|
---|
434 | <listitem>
|
---|
435 | <para>
|
---|
436 | <computeroutput>usbfilters</computeroutput> lists all global
|
---|
437 | USB filters registered with VirtualBox -- that is, filters for
|
---|
438 | devices which are accessible to all virtual machines -- and
|
---|
439 | displays the filter parameters.
|
---|
440 | </para>
|
---|
441 | </listitem>
|
---|
442 |
|
---|
443 | <listitem>
|
---|
444 | <para>
|
---|
445 | <computeroutput>systemproperties</computeroutput> displays
|
---|
446 | some global VirtualBox settings, such as minimum and maximum
|
---|
447 | guest RAM and virtual hard disk size, folder settings and the
|
---|
448 | current authentication library in use.
|
---|
449 | </para>
|
---|
450 | </listitem>
|
---|
451 |
|
---|
452 | <listitem>
|
---|
453 | <para>
|
---|
454 | <computeroutput>extpacks</computeroutput> displays all
|
---|
455 | VirtualBox extension packs currently installed. See
|
---|
456 | <xref
|
---|
457 | linkend="intro-installing" /> and
|
---|
458 | <xref
|
---|
459 | linkend="vboxmanage-extpack" />.
|
---|
460 | </para>
|
---|
461 | </listitem>
|
---|
462 |
|
---|
463 | <listitem>
|
---|
464 | <para>
|
---|
465 | <computeroutput>groups</computeroutput> displays details of
|
---|
466 | the VM Groups. See <xref linkend="gui-vmgroups" />.
|
---|
467 | </para>
|
---|
468 | </listitem>
|
---|
469 |
|
---|
470 | <listitem>
|
---|
471 | <para>
|
---|
472 | <computeroutput>webcams</computeroutput> displays a list of
|
---|
473 | webcams attached to the running VM. The output format is a
|
---|
474 | list of absolute paths or aliases that were used for attaching
|
---|
475 | the webcams to the VM using the webcam attach command.
|
---|
476 | </para>
|
---|
477 | </listitem>
|
---|
478 |
|
---|
479 | <listitem>
|
---|
480 | <para>
|
---|
481 | <computeroutput>screenshotformats</computeroutput> displays a
|
---|
482 | list of available screenshot formats.
|
---|
483 | </para>
|
---|
484 | </listitem>
|
---|
485 |
|
---|
486 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
487 |
|
---|
488 | </sect1>
|
---|
489 |
|
---|
490 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-showvminfo">
|
---|
491 |
|
---|
492 | <title>VBoxManage showvminfo</title>
|
---|
493 |
|
---|
494 | <para>
|
---|
495 | The <computeroutput>showvminfo</computeroutput> command shows
|
---|
496 | information about a particular virtual machine. This is the same
|
---|
497 | information as <computeroutput>VBoxManage list vms
|
---|
498 | --long</computeroutput> would show for all virtual machines.
|
---|
499 | </para>
|
---|
500 |
|
---|
501 | <para>
|
---|
502 | You will get information that resembles the following example.
|
---|
503 | </para>
|
---|
504 |
|
---|
505 | <para>
|
---|
506 | <screen>$ VBoxManage showvminfo "Windows XP"
|
---|
507 | VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version <replaceable>version-number</replaceable>
|
---|
508 | (C) 2005-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
509 | All rights reserved.
|
---|
510 |
|
---|
511 | Name: Windows XP
|
---|
512 | Guest OS: Other/Unknown
|
---|
513 | UUID: 1bf3464d-57c6-4d49-92a9-a5cc3816b7e7
|
---|
514 | Config file: /home/username/.config/VirtualBox/Machines/Windows XP/Windows XP.xml
|
---|
515 | Memory size: 512MB
|
---|
516 | VRAM size: 12MB
|
---|
517 | Number of CPUs: 2
|
---|
518 | Boot menu mode: message and menu
|
---|
519 | Boot Device (1): DVD
|
---|
520 | Boot Device (2): HardDisk
|
---|
521 | Boot Device (3): Not Assigned
|
---|
522 | Boot Device (4): Not Assigned
|
---|
523 | ACPI: on
|
---|
524 | IOAPIC: on
|
---|
525 | ...
|
---|
526 | </screen>
|
---|
527 | </para>
|
---|
528 |
|
---|
529 | <para>
|
---|
530 | Use the <computeroutput>--machinereadable</computeroutput> option
|
---|
531 | to produce the same output, but in machine readable format:
|
---|
532 | property="value" on a line by line basis, e.g.:
|
---|
533 | </para>
|
---|
534 |
|
---|
535 | <para>
|
---|
536 | <screen>
|
---|
537 | name="VBoxSDL --startvm OL7.2"
|
---|
538 | groups="/"
|
---|
539 | ostype="Oracle (64-bit)"
|
---|
540 | UUID="457af700-bc0a-4258-aa3c-13b03da171f2"
|
---|
541 | ...
|
---|
542 | </screen>
|
---|
543 | </para>
|
---|
544 |
|
---|
545 | </sect1>
|
---|
546 |
|
---|
547 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-registervm">
|
---|
548 |
|
---|
549 | <title>VBoxManage registervm/unregistervm</title>
|
---|
550 |
|
---|
551 | <para>
|
---|
552 | The <computeroutput>registervm</computeroutput> command allows you
|
---|
553 | to import a virtual machine definition in an XML file into
|
---|
554 | VirtualBox. The machine must not conflict with one already
|
---|
555 | registered in VirtualBox and it may not have any hard or removable
|
---|
556 | disks attached. It is advisable to place the definition file in
|
---|
557 | the machines folder before registering it.
|
---|
558 |
|
---|
559 | <note>
|
---|
560 | <para>
|
---|
561 | When creating a new virtual machine with
|
---|
562 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage createvm</computeroutput> (see
|
---|
563 | below), you can directly specify the
|
---|
564 | <computeroutput>--register</computeroutput> option to avoid
|
---|
565 | having to register it separately.
|
---|
566 | </para>
|
---|
567 | </note>
|
---|
568 | </para>
|
---|
569 |
|
---|
570 | <para>
|
---|
571 | The <computeroutput>unregistervm</computeroutput> command
|
---|
572 | unregisters a virtual machine. If
|
---|
573 | <computeroutput>--delete</computeroutput> is also specified, the
|
---|
574 | following files will automatically be deleted as well:
|
---|
575 | </para>
|
---|
576 |
|
---|
577 | <orderedlist>
|
---|
578 |
|
---|
579 | <listitem>
|
---|
580 | <para>
|
---|
581 | All hard disk image files, including differencing files, which
|
---|
582 | are used by the machine and not shared with other machines.
|
---|
583 | </para>
|
---|
584 | </listitem>
|
---|
585 |
|
---|
586 | <listitem>
|
---|
587 | <para>
|
---|
588 | Saved state files that the machine created. One if the machine
|
---|
589 | was in "saved" state and one for each online snapshot.
|
---|
590 | </para>
|
---|
591 | </listitem>
|
---|
592 |
|
---|
593 | <listitem>
|
---|
594 | <para>
|
---|
595 | The machine XML file and its backups,
|
---|
596 | </para>
|
---|
597 | </listitem>
|
---|
598 |
|
---|
599 | <listitem>
|
---|
600 | <para>
|
---|
601 | The machine log files.
|
---|
602 | </para>
|
---|
603 | </listitem>
|
---|
604 |
|
---|
605 | <listitem>
|
---|
606 | <para>
|
---|
607 | The machine directory, if it is empty after having deleted all
|
---|
608 | of the above files.
|
---|
609 | </para>
|
---|
610 | </listitem>
|
---|
611 |
|
---|
612 | </orderedlist>
|
---|
613 |
|
---|
614 | </sect1>
|
---|
615 |
|
---|
616 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-createvm">
|
---|
617 |
|
---|
618 | <title>VBoxManage createvm</title>
|
---|
619 |
|
---|
620 | <para>
|
---|
621 | This command creates a new XML virtual machine definition file.
|
---|
622 | </para>
|
---|
623 |
|
---|
624 | <para>
|
---|
625 | The <computeroutput>--name <name></computeroutput> parameter
|
---|
626 | is required and must specify the name of the machine. Since this
|
---|
627 | name is used by default as the file name of the settings file
|
---|
628 | (with the extension <computeroutput>.xml</computeroutput>) and the
|
---|
629 | machine folder (a subfolder of the
|
---|
630 | <computeroutput>.config/VirtualBox/Machines</computeroutput>
|
---|
631 | folder - this folder name may vary depending on the operating
|
---|
632 | system and the version of VirtualBox which you are using), it must
|
---|
633 | conform to your host operating system's requirements for file name
|
---|
634 | specifications. If the VM is later renamed, the file and folder
|
---|
635 | names will change automatically.
|
---|
636 | </para>
|
---|
637 |
|
---|
638 | <para>
|
---|
639 | However, if the <computeroutput>--basefolder
|
---|
640 | <path></computeroutput> option is used, the machine folder
|
---|
641 | will be named <computeroutput><path></computeroutput>. In
|
---|
642 | this case, the names of the file and the folder will not change if
|
---|
643 | the virtual machine is renamed.
|
---|
644 | </para>
|
---|
645 |
|
---|
646 | <para>
|
---|
647 | If the <computeroutput>--group <group>, ...</computeroutput>
|
---|
648 | option is used, the machine will be assigned membership of the
|
---|
649 | specified VM groups in the list. Note that group ids always start
|
---|
650 | with a <computeroutput>/</computeroutput> and can be nested. By
|
---|
651 | default, VMs are always assigned membership of the group
|
---|
652 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput>.
|
---|
653 | </para>
|
---|
654 |
|
---|
655 | <para>
|
---|
656 | If the <computeroutput>--ostype <ostype></computeroutput>:
|
---|
657 | option is used, <ostype> specifies the guest operating
|
---|
658 | system to run in the VM. To learn about the available OS options,
|
---|
659 | run <computeroutput>VBoxManage list ostypes</computeroutput> .
|
---|
660 | </para>
|
---|
661 |
|
---|
662 | <para>
|
---|
663 | If the <computeroutput>--uuid <uuid></computeroutput>:
|
---|
664 | option is used, <uuid> specifies the VM uuid. This must be
|
---|
665 | unique within the namespace of the host, or that of the VM Group
|
---|
666 | if it is assigned to a VM group membership. By default, a unique
|
---|
667 | uuid within the appropriate namespace is automatically generated.
|
---|
668 | </para>
|
---|
669 |
|
---|
670 | <para>
|
---|
671 | By default, this command only creates the XML file without
|
---|
672 | automatically registering the VM with your VirtualBox
|
---|
673 | installation. To register the VM instantly, use the optional
|
---|
674 | <computeroutput>--register</computeroutput> option, or run
|
---|
675 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage registervm</computeroutput> separately
|
---|
676 | afterwards.
|
---|
677 | </para>
|
---|
678 |
|
---|
679 | </sect1>
|
---|
680 |
|
---|
681 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm">
|
---|
682 |
|
---|
683 | <title>VBoxManage modifyvm</title>
|
---|
684 |
|
---|
685 | <para>
|
---|
686 | This command changes the properties of a registered virtual
|
---|
687 | machine which is not running. Most of the properties that this
|
---|
688 | command makes available correspond to the VM settings that
|
---|
689 | VirtualBox graphical user interface displays in each VM's
|
---|
690 | "Settings" dialog. These were described in
|
---|
691 | <xref linkend="BasicConcepts" />. Some of the more advanced
|
---|
692 | settings, however, are only available through the
|
---|
693 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage</computeroutput> interface.
|
---|
694 | </para>
|
---|
695 |
|
---|
696 | <para>
|
---|
697 | These commands require that the machine is powered off (neither
|
---|
698 | running nor in "saved" state). Some machine settings can also be
|
---|
699 | changed while a machine is running; those settings will then have
|
---|
700 | a corresponding subcommand with the <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
701 | controlvm</computeroutput> subcommand. See
|
---|
702 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-controlvm" />.
|
---|
703 | </para>
|
---|
704 |
|
---|
705 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-general">
|
---|
706 |
|
---|
707 | <title>General Settings</title>
|
---|
708 |
|
---|
709 | <para>
|
---|
710 | The following general settings are available through
|
---|
711 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage modifyvm</computeroutput>:
|
---|
712 | </para>
|
---|
713 |
|
---|
714 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
715 |
|
---|
716 | <listitem>
|
---|
717 | <para>
|
---|
718 | <computeroutput>--name <name></computeroutput>: This
|
---|
719 | changes the VM's name and can be used to rename the internal
|
---|
720 | virtual machine files, as described in
|
---|
721 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-createvm"/>.
|
---|
722 | </para>
|
---|
723 | </listitem>
|
---|
724 |
|
---|
725 | <listitem>
|
---|
726 | <para>
|
---|
727 | <computeroutput>--groups <group>,
|
---|
728 | ...</computeroutput>: This changes the group membership of a
|
---|
729 | VM. Groups always start with a
|
---|
730 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput> and can be nested. By
|
---|
731 | default VMs are in group <computeroutput>/</computeroutput>.
|
---|
732 | </para>
|
---|
733 | </listitem>
|
---|
734 |
|
---|
735 | <listitem>
|
---|
736 | <para>
|
---|
737 | <computeroutput>--description <desc></computeroutput>:
|
---|
738 | This changes the VM's description, which is a way to record
|
---|
739 | details about the VM in a way which is meaningful for the
|
---|
740 | user. The GUI interprets HTML formatting, the command line
|
---|
741 | allows arbitrary strings potentially containing multiple
|
---|
742 | lines.
|
---|
743 | </para>
|
---|
744 | </listitem>
|
---|
745 |
|
---|
746 | <listitem>
|
---|
747 | <para>
|
---|
748 | <computeroutput>--ostype <ostype></computeroutput>:
|
---|
749 | This specifies what guest operating system is supposed to
|
---|
750 | run in the VM. To learn about the various identifiers that
|
---|
751 | can be used here, use <computeroutput>VBoxManage list
|
---|
752 | ostypes</computeroutput>.
|
---|
753 | </para>
|
---|
754 | </listitem>
|
---|
755 |
|
---|
756 | <listitem>
|
---|
757 | <para>
|
---|
758 | <computeroutput>--iconfile
|
---|
759 | <filename></computeroutput>: This specifies the
|
---|
760 | absolute path on the host file system for the VirtualBox
|
---|
761 | icon to be displayed in the VM.
|
---|
762 | </para>
|
---|
763 | </listitem>
|
---|
764 |
|
---|
765 | <listitem>
|
---|
766 | <para>
|
---|
767 | <computeroutput>--memory
|
---|
768 | <memorysize></computeroutput>: This sets the amount of
|
---|
769 | RAM, in MB, that the virtual machine should allocate for
|
---|
770 | itself from the host. See <xref linkend="gui-createvm" />.
|
---|
771 | </para>
|
---|
772 | </listitem>
|
---|
773 |
|
---|
774 | <listitem>
|
---|
775 | <para>
|
---|
776 | <computeroutput>--pagefusion on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
777 | Enables/disables (default) the Page Fusion feature. The Page
|
---|
778 | Fusion feature minimises memory duplication between VMs with
|
---|
779 | similar configurations running on the same host. See
|
---|
780 | <xref linkend="guestadd-pagefusion" />.
|
---|
781 | </para>
|
---|
782 | </listitem>
|
---|
783 |
|
---|
784 | <listitem>
|
---|
785 | <para>
|
---|
786 | <computeroutput>--vram <vramsize></computeroutput>:
|
---|
787 | This sets the amount of RAM that the virtual graphics card
|
---|
788 | should have. See <xref linkend="settings-display" />.
|
---|
789 | </para>
|
---|
790 | </listitem>
|
---|
791 |
|
---|
792 | <listitem>
|
---|
793 | <para>
|
---|
794 | <computeroutput>--acpi on|off</computeroutput> and
|
---|
795 | <computeroutput>--ioapic on|off</computeroutput>: These
|
---|
796 | settings determine whether the VM should have ACPI and I/O
|
---|
797 | APIC support, respectively. See
|
---|
798 | <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
799 | </para>
|
---|
800 | </listitem>
|
---|
801 |
|
---|
802 | <listitem>
|
---|
803 | <para>
|
---|
804 | <computeroutput>--pciattach <host PCI address [@ guest
|
---|
805 | PCI bus address]></computeroutput>: Attaches a specified
|
---|
806 | PCI network controller on the host to a specified PCI bus on
|
---|
807 | the guest. See <xref linkend="pcipassthrough" />.
|
---|
808 | </para>
|
---|
809 | </listitem>
|
---|
810 |
|
---|
811 | <listitem>
|
---|
812 | <para>
|
---|
813 | <computeroutput>--pcidetach <host PCI
|
---|
814 | address></computeroutput>: Detaches a specified PCI
|
---|
815 | network controller on the host from the attached PCI bus on
|
---|
816 | the guest. See <xref linkend="pcipassthrough" />.
|
---|
817 | </para>
|
---|
818 | </listitem>
|
---|
819 |
|
---|
820 | <listitem>
|
---|
821 | <para>
|
---|
822 | <computeroutput>--hardwareuuid
|
---|
823 | <uuid></computeroutput>: The UUID presented to the
|
---|
824 | guest via memory tables (DMI/SMBIOS), hardware and guest
|
---|
825 | properties. By default this is the same as the VM uuid.
|
---|
826 | Useful when cloning a VM. Teleporting takes care of this
|
---|
827 | automatically.
|
---|
828 | </para>
|
---|
829 | </listitem>
|
---|
830 |
|
---|
831 | <listitem>
|
---|
832 | <para>
|
---|
833 | <computeroutput>--cpus <cpucount></computeroutput>:
|
---|
834 | This sets the number of virtual CPUs for the virtual
|
---|
835 | machine, see <xref linkend="settings-processor" />. If CPU
|
---|
836 | hot-plugging is enabled, this then sets the
|
---|
837 | <emphasis>maximum</emphasis> number of virtual CPUs that can
|
---|
838 | be plugged into the virtual machines.
|
---|
839 | </para>
|
---|
840 | </listitem>
|
---|
841 |
|
---|
842 | <listitem>
|
---|
843 | <para>
|
---|
844 | <computeroutput>--cpuhotplug on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
845 | enables CPU hot-plugging. When enabled, virtual CPUs can be
|
---|
846 | added to and removed from a virtual machine while it is
|
---|
847 | running. See <xref linkend="cpuhotplug" />.
|
---|
848 | </para>
|
---|
849 | </listitem>
|
---|
850 |
|
---|
851 | <listitem>
|
---|
852 | <para>
|
---|
853 | <computeroutput>--plugcpu|unplugcpu
|
---|
854 | <id></computeroutput>: If CPU hot-plugging is enabled,
|
---|
855 | this adds or removes a virtual CPU on the virtual machine.
|
---|
856 | <computeroutput><id></computeroutput> specifies the
|
---|
857 | index of the virtual CPU to be added or removed and must be
|
---|
858 | a number from 0 to the maximum no. of CPUs configured with
|
---|
859 | the <computeroutput>--cpus</computeroutput> option. CPU 0
|
---|
860 | can never be removed.
|
---|
861 | </para>
|
---|
862 | </listitem>
|
---|
863 |
|
---|
864 | <listitem>
|
---|
865 | <para>
|
---|
866 | <computeroutput>--cpuexecutioncap
|
---|
867 | <1-100></computeroutput>: This setting controls how
|
---|
868 | much CPUtime a virtual CPU can use. A value of 50 implies a
|
---|
869 | single virtual CPU can use up to 50% of a single host CPU.
|
---|
870 | </para>
|
---|
871 | </listitem>
|
---|
872 |
|
---|
873 | <listitem>
|
---|
874 | <para>
|
---|
875 | <computeroutput>--pae on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
876 | enables/disables PAE. See
|
---|
877 | <xref linkend="settings-processor" />.
|
---|
878 | </para>
|
---|
879 | </listitem>
|
---|
880 |
|
---|
881 | <listitem>
|
---|
882 | <para>
|
---|
883 | <computeroutput>--longmode on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
884 | enables/disables long mode. See
|
---|
885 | <xref linkend="settings-processor" />.
|
---|
886 | </para>
|
---|
887 | </listitem>
|
---|
888 |
|
---|
889 | <listitem>
|
---|
890 | <para>
|
---|
891 | <computeroutput>--spec-ctrl on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
892 | setting enables/disables exposing speculation control
|
---|
893 | interfaces to the guest, provided they are available on the
|
---|
894 | host. Depending on the host CPU and workload, enabling
|
---|
895 | speculation control may significantly reduce performance.
|
---|
896 | </para>
|
---|
897 | </listitem>
|
---|
898 |
|
---|
899 | <listitem>
|
---|
900 | <para>
|
---|
901 | <computeroutput>--cpu-profile <host|intel
|
---|
902 | 80[86|286|386]></computeroutput>: This enables
|
---|
903 | specification of a profile for guest CPU emulation. Specify
|
---|
904 | either one based on the host system CPU (host), or one from
|
---|
905 | a number of older Intel Micro-architectures - 8086, 80286,
|
---|
906 | 80386.
|
---|
907 | </para>
|
---|
908 | </listitem>
|
---|
909 |
|
---|
910 | <listitem>
|
---|
911 | <para>
|
---|
912 | <computeroutput>--hpet on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
913 | enables/disables a High Precision Event Timer (HPET) which
|
---|
914 | can replace the legacy system timers. This is turned off by
|
---|
915 | default. Note that Windows supports a HPET only from Vista
|
---|
916 | onwards.
|
---|
917 | </para>
|
---|
918 | </listitem>
|
---|
919 |
|
---|
920 | <listitem>
|
---|
921 | <para>
|
---|
922 | <computeroutput>--hwvirtex on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
923 | enables or disables the use of hardware virtualization
|
---|
924 | extensions (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) in the processor of your
|
---|
925 | host system. See <xref linkend="hwvirt" />.
|
---|
926 | </para>
|
---|
927 | </listitem>
|
---|
928 |
|
---|
929 | <listitem>
|
---|
930 | <para>
|
---|
931 | <computeroutput>--triplefaultreset on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
932 | This setting enables resetting of the guest instead of
|
---|
933 | triggering a Guru Meditation. Some guests raise a triple
|
---|
934 | fault to reset the CPU so sometimes this is desired
|
---|
935 | behavior. Works only for non-SMP guests.
|
---|
936 | </para>
|
---|
937 | </listitem>
|
---|
938 |
|
---|
939 | <listitem>
|
---|
940 | <para>
|
---|
941 | <computeroutput>--apic on|off</computeroutput>: This setting
|
---|
942 | enables(default)/disables IO APIC. With I/O APIC, operating
|
---|
943 | systems can use more than 16 interrupt requests (IRQs) thus
|
---|
944 | avoiding IRQ sharing for improved reliability. See
|
---|
945 | <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
946 | </para>
|
---|
947 | </listitem>
|
---|
948 |
|
---|
949 | <listitem>
|
---|
950 | <para>
|
---|
951 | <computeroutput>--x2apic on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
952 | setting enables(default)/disables CPU x2APIC support. CPU
|
---|
953 | x2APIC support helps operating systems run more efficiently
|
---|
954 | on high core count configurations, and optimizes interrupt
|
---|
955 | distribution in virtualized environments. Disable when using
|
---|
956 | host/guest operating systems incompatible with x2APIC
|
---|
957 | support.
|
---|
958 | </para>
|
---|
959 | </listitem>
|
---|
960 |
|
---|
961 | <listitem>
|
---|
962 | <para>
|
---|
963 | <computeroutput>--paravirtprovider
|
---|
964 | none|default|legacy|minimal|hyperv|kvm</computeroutput>:
|
---|
965 | This setting specifies which paravirtualization interface to
|
---|
966 | provide to the guest operating system. Specifying
|
---|
967 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput> explicitly turns off
|
---|
968 | exposing any paravirtualization interface. The option
|
---|
969 | <computeroutput>default</computeroutput>, will pick an
|
---|
970 | appropriate interface depending on the guest OS type while
|
---|
971 | starting the VM. This is the default option chosen while
|
---|
972 | creating new VMs. The
|
---|
973 | <computeroutput>legacy</computeroutput> option is chosen for
|
---|
974 | VMs which were created with older VirtualBox versions and
|
---|
975 | will pick a paravirtualization interface while starting the
|
---|
976 | VM with VirtualBox 5.0 and newer. The
|
---|
977 | <computeroutput>minimal</computeroutput> provider is
|
---|
978 | mandatory for Mac OS X guests, while
|
---|
979 | <computeroutput>kvm</computeroutput> and
|
---|
980 | <computeroutput>hyperv</computeroutput> are recommended for
|
---|
981 | Linux and Windows guests respectively. These options are
|
---|
982 | explained in <xref linkend="gimproviders" />.
|
---|
983 | </para>
|
---|
984 | </listitem>
|
---|
985 |
|
---|
986 | <listitem>
|
---|
987 | <para>
|
---|
988 | <computeroutput>--paravirtdebug <key=value>
|
---|
989 | [,<key=value> ...]</computeroutput>: This setting
|
---|
990 | specifies debugging options specific to the
|
---|
991 | paravirtualization provider configured for this VM. See the
|
---|
992 | provider specific options in <xref linkend="gimdebug" /> for
|
---|
993 | a list of supported key-value pairs for each provider.
|
---|
994 | </para>
|
---|
995 | </listitem>
|
---|
996 |
|
---|
997 | <listitem>
|
---|
998 | <para>
|
---|
999 | <computeroutput>--nestedpaging on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1000 | hardware virtualization is enabled, this additional setting
|
---|
1001 | enables or disables the use of the nested paging feature in
|
---|
1002 | the processor of your host system. See
|
---|
1003 | <xref
|
---|
1004 | linkend="hwvirt" />.
|
---|
1005 | </para>
|
---|
1006 | </listitem>
|
---|
1007 |
|
---|
1008 | <listitem>
|
---|
1009 | <para>
|
---|
1010 | <computeroutput>--largepages on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1011 | hardware virtualization <emphasis>and</emphasis> nested
|
---|
1012 | paging are enabled, for Intel VT-x only, an additional
|
---|
1013 | performance improvement of up to 5% can be obtained by
|
---|
1014 | enabling this setting. This causes the hypervisor to use
|
---|
1015 | large pages to reduce TLB use and overhead.
|
---|
1016 | </para>
|
---|
1017 | </listitem>
|
---|
1018 |
|
---|
1019 | <listitem>
|
---|
1020 | <para>
|
---|
1021 | <computeroutput>--vtxvpid on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1022 | hardware virtualization is enabled, for Intel VT-x only,
|
---|
1023 | this additional setting enables or disables the use of the
|
---|
1024 | tagged TLB (VPID) feature in the processor of your host
|
---|
1025 | system. See <xref
|
---|
1026 | linkend="hwvirt" />.
|
---|
1027 | </para>
|
---|
1028 | </listitem>
|
---|
1029 |
|
---|
1030 | <listitem>
|
---|
1031 | <para>
|
---|
1032 | <computeroutput>--vtxux on|off</computeroutput>: If hardware
|
---|
1033 | virtualization is enabled, for Intel VT-x only, this setting
|
---|
1034 | enables or disables the use of the unrestricted guest mode
|
---|
1035 | feature for executing your guest.
|
---|
1036 | </para>
|
---|
1037 | </listitem>
|
---|
1038 |
|
---|
1039 | <listitem>
|
---|
1040 | <para>
|
---|
1041 | <computeroutput>--accelerate3d on|off</computeroutput>: If
|
---|
1042 | the Guest Additions are installed, this setting enables or
|
---|
1043 | disables hardware 3D acceleration. See
|
---|
1044 | <xref
|
---|
1045 | linkend="guestadd-3d" />.
|
---|
1046 | </para>
|
---|
1047 | </listitem>
|
---|
1048 |
|
---|
1049 | <listitem>
|
---|
1050 | <para>
|
---|
1051 | <computeroutput>--accelerate2dvideo on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1052 | If the Guest Additions are installed, this setting enables
|
---|
1053 | or disables 2D video acceleration. See
|
---|
1054 | <xref
|
---|
1055 | linkend="guestadd-2d" />.
|
---|
1056 | </para>
|
---|
1057 | </listitem>
|
---|
1058 |
|
---|
1059 | <listitem>
|
---|
1060 | <para>
|
---|
1061 | <computeroutput>--chipset piix3|ich9</computeroutput>: By
|
---|
1062 | default VirtualBox emulates an Intel PIIX3 chipset. Usually
|
---|
1063 | there is no reason to change the default setting unless this
|
---|
1064 | is required to relax some of its constraints. See
|
---|
1065 | <xref
|
---|
1066 | linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
1067 | </para>
|
---|
1068 | </listitem>
|
---|
1069 |
|
---|
1070 | <listitem>
|
---|
1071 | <para>
|
---|
1072 | You can influence the BIOS logo that is displayed when a
|
---|
1073 | virtual machine starts up with a number of settings. By
|
---|
1074 | default, a VirtualBox logo is displayed.
|
---|
1075 | </para>
|
---|
1076 |
|
---|
1077 | <para>
|
---|
1078 | With <computeroutput>--bioslogofadein
|
---|
1079 | on|off</computeroutput> and
|
---|
1080 | <computeroutput>--bioslogofadeout on|off</computeroutput>,
|
---|
1081 | you can determine whether the logo should fade in and out,
|
---|
1082 | respectively.
|
---|
1083 | </para>
|
---|
1084 |
|
---|
1085 | <para>
|
---|
1086 | With <computeroutput>--bioslogodisplaytime
|
---|
1087 | <msec></computeroutput> you can set how long the logo
|
---|
1088 | should be visible, in milliseconds.
|
---|
1089 | </para>
|
---|
1090 |
|
---|
1091 | <para>
|
---|
1092 | With <computeroutput>--bioslogoimagepath
|
---|
1093 | <imagepath></computeroutput> you can, if you are so
|
---|
1094 | inclined, replace the image that is shown, with your own
|
---|
1095 | logo. The image must be an uncompressed 256 color BMP file
|
---|
1096 | without color space information (Windows 3.0 format). The
|
---|
1097 | image must not be bigger than 640 x 480.
|
---|
1098 | </para>
|
---|
1099 | </listitem>
|
---|
1100 |
|
---|
1101 | <listitem>
|
---|
1102 | <para>
|
---|
1103 | <computeroutput>--biosbootmenu
|
---|
1104 | disabled|menuonly|messageandmenu</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1105 | specifies whether the BIOS allows the user to select a
|
---|
1106 | temporary boot device.
|
---|
1107 | <computeroutput>menuonly</computeroutput> suppresses the
|
---|
1108 | message, but the user can still press F12 to select a
|
---|
1109 | temporary boot device.
|
---|
1110 | </para>
|
---|
1111 | </listitem>
|
---|
1112 |
|
---|
1113 | <listitem>
|
---|
1114 | <para>
|
---|
1115 | <computeroutput>--biosapic
|
---|
1116 | x2apic|apic|disabled</computeroutput>: This specifies the
|
---|
1117 | firmware APIC level to be used. Options are: x2apic, apic or
|
---|
1118 | disabled (no apic or x2apic) respectively.
|
---|
1119 | </para>
|
---|
1120 |
|
---|
1121 | <para>
|
---|
1122 | Note that if x2apic is specified and x2apic is unsupported
|
---|
1123 | by the VCPU, biosapic downgrades to apic, if supported -
|
---|
1124 | otherwise down to 'disabled'. Similarly, if apic is
|
---|
1125 | specified, and apic is unsupported a downgrade to 'disabled'
|
---|
1126 | results.
|
---|
1127 | </para>
|
---|
1128 | </listitem>
|
---|
1129 |
|
---|
1130 | <listitem>
|
---|
1131 | <para>
|
---|
1132 | <computeroutput>--biossystemtimeoffset
|
---|
1133 | <ms></computeroutput>: This specifies a fixed time
|
---|
1134 | offset (milliseconds) of the guest relative to the host
|
---|
1135 | time. If the offset is positive, the guest time runs ahead
|
---|
1136 | of the host time.
|
---|
1137 | </para>
|
---|
1138 | </listitem>
|
---|
1139 |
|
---|
1140 | <listitem>
|
---|
1141 | <para>
|
---|
1142 | <computeroutput>--biospxedebug on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1143 | option enables additional debugging output when using the
|
---|
1144 | Intel PXE boot ROM. The output will be written to the
|
---|
1145 | release log file (<xref linkend="collect-debug-info" />.
|
---|
1146 | </para>
|
---|
1147 | </listitem>
|
---|
1148 |
|
---|
1149 | <listitem>
|
---|
1150 | <para>
|
---|
1151 | <computeroutput>--boot<1-4>
|
---|
1152 | none|floppy|dvd|disk|net</computeroutput>: This specifies
|
---|
1153 | the boot order for the virtual machine. There are four
|
---|
1154 | "slots", which the VM will try to access from 1 to 4, and
|
---|
1155 | for each of which you can set a device that the VM should
|
---|
1156 | attempt to boot from.
|
---|
1157 | </para>
|
---|
1158 | </listitem>
|
---|
1159 |
|
---|
1160 | <listitem>
|
---|
1161 | <para>
|
---|
1162 | <computeroutput>--rtcuseutc on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1163 | option lets the real-time clock (RTC) operate in UTC time.
|
---|
1164 | See <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />.
|
---|
1165 | </para>
|
---|
1166 | </listitem>
|
---|
1167 |
|
---|
1168 | <listitem>
|
---|
1169 | <para>
|
---|
1170 | <computeroutput>--graphicscontroller
|
---|
1171 | none|vboxvga|vmsvga</computeroutput>: This option specifies
|
---|
1172 | use of a graphics controller, and type chosen from vboxvga
|
---|
1173 | or vmsvga. <xref linkend="settings-motherboard" />).
|
---|
1174 | </para>
|
---|
1175 | </listitem>
|
---|
1176 |
|
---|
1177 | <listitem>
|
---|
1178 | <para>
|
---|
1179 | <computeroutput>--snapshotfolder
|
---|
1180 | default|<path></computeroutput>: This option specifies
|
---|
1181 | the folder in which snapshots will be kept for a virtual
|
---|
1182 | machine.
|
---|
1183 | </para>
|
---|
1184 | </listitem>
|
---|
1185 |
|
---|
1186 | <listitem>
|
---|
1187 | <para>
|
---|
1188 | <computeroutput>--firmware
|
---|
1189 | bios|efi|efi32|efi64</computeroutput>: This option specifies
|
---|
1190 | which firmware to be used to boot the VM: Available options
|
---|
1191 | are: BIOS, or one of the EFI options: efi, efi32 or efi64.
|
---|
1192 | Use EFI options with care.
|
---|
1193 | </para>
|
---|
1194 | </listitem>
|
---|
1195 |
|
---|
1196 | <listitem>
|
---|
1197 | <para>
|
---|
1198 | <computeroutput>--guestmemoryballoon
|
---|
1199 | <size></computeroutput> This option sets the default
|
---|
1200 | size of the guest memory balloon, that is, memory allocated
|
---|
1201 | by the VirtualBox Guest Additions from the guest operating
|
---|
1202 | system and returned to the hypervisor for re-use by other
|
---|
1203 | virtual machines.
|
---|
1204 | <computeroutput><size></computeroutput> must be
|
---|
1205 | specified in megabytes. The default size is 0 megabytes. See
|
---|
1206 | <xref linkend="guestadd-balloon" />.
|
---|
1207 | </para>
|
---|
1208 | </listitem>
|
---|
1209 |
|
---|
1210 | <listitem>
|
---|
1211 | <para>
|
---|
1212 | <computeroutput>--defaultfrontend
|
---|
1213 | default|<name></computeroutput>: This option specifies
|
---|
1214 | the default frontend to be used when starting this VM. See
|
---|
1215 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
1216 | </para>
|
---|
1217 | </listitem>
|
---|
1218 |
|
---|
1219 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1220 |
|
---|
1221 | </sect2>
|
---|
1222 |
|
---|
1223 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-networking">
|
---|
1224 |
|
---|
1225 | <title>Networking Settings</title>
|
---|
1226 |
|
---|
1227 | <para>
|
---|
1228 | The following networking settings are available through
|
---|
1229 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage modifyvm</computeroutput>. With all
|
---|
1230 | these settings, the decimal number directly following the option
|
---|
1231 | name ("1-N" in the list below) specifies the virtual network
|
---|
1232 | adapter whose settings should be changed.
|
---|
1233 | </para>
|
---|
1234 |
|
---|
1235 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1236 |
|
---|
1237 | <listitem>
|
---|
1238 | <para>
|
---|
1239 | <computeroutput>--nic<1-N>
|
---|
1240 | none|null|nat|natnetwork|bridged|intnet|hostonly|generic</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1241 | You can configure for each of the VM's virtual network
|
---|
1242 | cards, what type of networking should be available. Options
|
---|
1243 | are: not present (<computeroutput>none</computeroutput>),
|
---|
1244 | not connected to the host
|
---|
1245 | (<computeroutput>null</computeroutput>), use network address
|
---|
1246 | translation (<computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>), use the
|
---|
1247 | new network address translation engine
|
---|
1248 | (<computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>), bridged
|
---|
1249 | networking (<computeroutput>bridged</computeroutput>), or
|
---|
1250 | use internal networking
|
---|
1251 | (<computeroutput>intnet</computeroutput>), host-only
|
---|
1252 | networking (<computeroutput>hostonly</computeroutput>), or
|
---|
1253 | access rarely used sub-modes
|
---|
1254 | (<computeroutput>generic</computeroutput>). These options
|
---|
1255 | correspond to the modes described in
|
---|
1256 | <xref
|
---|
1257 | linkend="networkingmodes" />.
|
---|
1258 | </para>
|
---|
1259 | </listitem>
|
---|
1260 |
|
---|
1261 | <listitem>
|
---|
1262 | <para>
|
---|
1263 | <computeroutput>--nictype<1-N>
|
---|
1264 | Am79C970A|Am79C973|82540EM|82543GC|82545EM|virtio</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1265 | This enables you to specify which networking hardware
|
---|
1266 | VirtualBox presents to the guest for a specified VM virtual
|
---|
1267 | network card. See <xref linkend="nichardware" />.
|
---|
1268 | </para>
|
---|
1269 | </listitem>
|
---|
1270 |
|
---|
1271 | <listitem>
|
---|
1272 | <para>
|
---|
1273 | <computeroutput>--cableconnected<1-N>
|
---|
1274 | on|off</computeroutput>: This enables you to temporarily
|
---|
1275 | disconnect a virtual network interface, as if a network
|
---|
1276 | cable had been pulled from a real network card. This might
|
---|
1277 | be useful e.g. for resetting certain software components in
|
---|
1278 | the VM.
|
---|
1279 | </para>
|
---|
1280 | </listitem>
|
---|
1281 |
|
---|
1282 | <listitem>
|
---|
1283 | <para>
|
---|
1284 | With the "nictrace" options, you can optionally trace
|
---|
1285 | network traffic by dumping it to a file, for debugging
|
---|
1286 | purposes.
|
---|
1287 | </para>
|
---|
1288 |
|
---|
1289 | <para>
|
---|
1290 | With <computeroutput>--nictrace<1-N>
|
---|
1291 | on|off</computeroutput>, you can enable network tracing for
|
---|
1292 | a particular virtual network card.
|
---|
1293 | </para>
|
---|
1294 |
|
---|
1295 | <para>
|
---|
1296 | If enabled, you must specify with
|
---|
1297 | <computeroutput>--nictracefile<1-N>
|
---|
1298 | <filename></computeroutput> the absolute path of the
|
---|
1299 | file the trace should be logged to.
|
---|
1300 | </para>
|
---|
1301 | </listitem>
|
---|
1302 |
|
---|
1303 | <listitem>
|
---|
1304 | <para>
|
---|
1305 | <computeroutput>--nicproperty<1-N>
|
---|
1306 | <paramname>="paramvalue"</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1307 | option, in combination with "nicgenericdrv" allows you to
|
---|
1308 | pass parameters to rarely-used network backends.
|
---|
1309 | </para>
|
---|
1310 |
|
---|
1311 | <para>
|
---|
1312 | These parameters are backend engine-specific, and are
|
---|
1313 | different between UDP Tunnel and the VDE backend drivers.
|
---|
1314 | For examples, please see
|
---|
1315 | <xref linkend="network_udp_tunnel" />.
|
---|
1316 | </para>
|
---|
1317 | </listitem>
|
---|
1318 |
|
---|
1319 | <listitem>
|
---|
1320 | <para>
|
---|
1321 | <computeroutput>--nicspeed<1-N>
|
---|
1322 | <kbps></computeroutput>: If generic networking has
|
---|
1323 | been enabled for a particular virtual network card (see the
|
---|
1324 | <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option above -
|
---|
1325 | otherwise this setting has no effect), this mode enables
|
---|
1326 | access to rarely used networking sub-modes, such as VDE
|
---|
1327 | network or UDP Tunnel. This option specifies the throughput
|
---|
1328 | rate in KBytes/sec.
|
---|
1329 | </para>
|
---|
1330 | </listitem>
|
---|
1331 |
|
---|
1332 | <listitem>
|
---|
1333 | <para>
|
---|
1334 | <computeroutput>--nicbootprio<1-N>
|
---|
1335 | <priority></computeroutput>: This specifies the order
|
---|
1336 | in which NICs are tried for booting over the network (using
|
---|
1337 | PXE). The priority is an integer in the 0 to 4 range.
|
---|
1338 | Priority 1 is the highest, priority 4 is low. Priority 0,
|
---|
1339 | which is the default unless otherwise specified, is the
|
---|
1340 | lowest.
|
---|
1341 | </para>
|
---|
1342 |
|
---|
1343 | <para>
|
---|
1344 | Note that this option only has effect when the Intel PXE
|
---|
1345 | boot ROM is used.
|
---|
1346 | </para>
|
---|
1347 | </listitem>
|
---|
1348 |
|
---|
1349 | <listitem>
|
---|
1350 | <para>
|
---|
1351 | <computeroutput>--nicpromisc<1-N>
|
---|
1352 | deny|allow-vms|allow-all</computeroutput>: This ernables you
|
---|
1353 | to specify how the promiscuous mode is handled for the
|
---|
1354 | specified VM virtual network card. This setting is only
|
---|
1355 | relevant for bridged networking.
|
---|
1356 | <computeroutput>deny</computeroutput> (default setting)
|
---|
1357 | hides any traffic not intended for this VM.
|
---|
1358 | <computeroutput>allow-vms</computeroutput> hides all host
|
---|
1359 | traffic from this VM but allows the VM to see traffic
|
---|
1360 | from/to other VMs.
|
---|
1361 | <computeroutput>allow-all</computeroutput> removes this
|
---|
1362 | restriction completely.
|
---|
1363 | </para>
|
---|
1364 | </listitem>
|
---|
1365 |
|
---|
1366 | <listitem>
|
---|
1367 | <para>
|
---|
1368 | <computeroutput>--nicbandwidthgroup<1-N>
|
---|
1369 | none|<name></computeroutput>: This removes/adds an
|
---|
1370 | assignment of a bandwidth group from/to the specified
|
---|
1371 | virtual network interface. Specifying
|
---|
1372 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput> removes any current
|
---|
1373 | bandwidth group assignment from the specified virtual
|
---|
1374 | network interface. Specifying
|
---|
1375 | <computeroutput><name></computeroutput> adds an
|
---|
1376 | assignment of a bandwidth group to the specified virtual
|
---|
1377 | network interface.
|
---|
1378 | </para>
|
---|
1379 |
|
---|
1380 | <para>
|
---|
1381 | For details, please see
|
---|
1382 | <xref linkend="network_bandwidth_limit" />.
|
---|
1383 | </para>
|
---|
1384 | </listitem>
|
---|
1385 |
|
---|
1386 | <listitem>
|
---|
1387 | <para>
|
---|
1388 | <computeroutput>--bridgeadapter<1-N>
|
---|
1389 | none|<devicename></computeroutput>: If bridged
|
---|
1390 | networking has been enabled for a virtual network card (see
|
---|
1391 | the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option above),
|
---|
1392 | otherwise this setting has no effect. Use this option to
|
---|
1393 | specify which host interface the given virtual network
|
---|
1394 | interface will use. For details, please see
|
---|
1395 | <xref linkend="network_bridged" />.
|
---|
1396 | </para>
|
---|
1397 | </listitem>
|
---|
1398 |
|
---|
1399 | <listitem>
|
---|
1400 | <para>
|
---|
1401 | <computeroutput>--hostonlyadapter<1-N>
|
---|
1402 | none|<devicename></computeroutput>: If host-only
|
---|
1403 | networking has been enabled for a virtual network card (see
|
---|
1404 | the <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option above),
|
---|
1405 | otherwise this setting has no effect. Use this option to
|
---|
1406 | specify which host-only networking interface the given
|
---|
1407 | virtual network interface will use. For details, please see
|
---|
1408 | <xref
|
---|
1409 | linkend="network_hostonly" />.
|
---|
1410 | </para>
|
---|
1411 | </listitem>
|
---|
1412 |
|
---|
1413 | <listitem>
|
---|
1414 | <para>
|
---|
1415 | <computeroutput>--intnet<1-N>
|
---|
1416 | network</computeroutput>: If internal networking has been
|
---|
1417 | enabled for a virtual network card (see the
|
---|
1418 | <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option above),
|
---|
1419 | otherwise this setting has no effect. Ue this option to
|
---|
1420 | specify the name of the internal network (see
|
---|
1421 | <xref
|
---|
1422 | linkend="network_internal" />).
|
---|
1423 | </para>
|
---|
1424 | </listitem>
|
---|
1425 |
|
---|
1426 | <listitem>
|
---|
1427 | <para>
|
---|
1428 | <computeroutput>--nat-network<1-N> <network
|
---|
1429 | name></computeroutput>: If the networking type is set to
|
---|
1430 | <computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput> (not
|
---|
1431 | <computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>) then this setting
|
---|
1432 | specifies the name of the NAT network this adapter is
|
---|
1433 | connected to. Optional.
|
---|
1434 | </para>
|
---|
1435 | </listitem>
|
---|
1436 |
|
---|
1437 | <listitem>
|
---|
1438 | <para>
|
---|
1439 | <computeroutput>--nicgenericdrv<1-N> <backend
|
---|
1440 | driver></computeroutput>: If generic networking has been
|
---|
1441 | enabled for a virtual network card (see the
|
---|
1442 | <computeroutput>--nic</computeroutput> option above),
|
---|
1443 | otherwise this setting has no effect. This mode allows you
|
---|
1444 | to access rarely used networking sub-modes, such as VDE
|
---|
1445 | network or UDP Tunnel.
|
---|
1446 | </para>
|
---|
1447 | </listitem>
|
---|
1448 |
|
---|
1449 | <listitem>
|
---|
1450 | <para>
|
---|
1451 | <computeroutput>--macaddress<1-N>
|
---|
1452 | auto|<mac></computeroutput>: With this option you can
|
---|
1453 | set the MAC address of a particular network adapter on the
|
---|
1454 | VM. Normally, each network adapter is assigned a random
|
---|
1455 | address by VirtualBox at VM creation.
|
---|
1456 | </para>
|
---|
1457 | </listitem>
|
---|
1458 |
|
---|
1459 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1460 |
|
---|
1461 | <sect3 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-networking-nat">
|
---|
1462 |
|
---|
1463 | <title>NAT Networking Settings</title>
|
---|
1464 |
|
---|
1465 | <para>
|
---|
1466 | The following NAT networking settings are available through
|
---|
1467 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage modifyvm</computeroutput>. With all
|
---|
1468 | these settings, the decimal number directly following the
|
---|
1469 | option name ("1-N" in the list below) specifies the virtual
|
---|
1470 | network adapter whose settings should be changed.
|
---|
1471 | </para>
|
---|
1472 |
|
---|
1473 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1474 |
|
---|
1475 | <listitem>
|
---|
1476 | <para>
|
---|
1477 | <computeroutput>--natnet<1-N>
|
---|
1478 | <network>|default</computeroutput>: If the
|
---|
1479 | networking type is set to
|
---|
1480 | <computeroutput>nat</computeroutput> (not
|
---|
1481 | <computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>) then this
|
---|
1482 | setting specifies the IP address range to be used for this
|
---|
1483 | network. See <xref linkend="changenat" /> for an example.
|
---|
1484 | </para>
|
---|
1485 | </listitem>
|
---|
1486 |
|
---|
1487 | <listitem>
|
---|
1488 | <para>
|
---|
1489 | <computeroutput>--natpf<1-N>
|
---|
1490 | [<name>],tcp|udp,[<hostip>],<hostport>,[<guestip>],
|
---|
1491 | <guestport></computeroutput>: This setting defines a
|
---|
1492 | NAT port-forwarding rule. See
|
---|
1493 | <xref linkend="natforward" />.
|
---|
1494 | </para>
|
---|
1495 | </listitem>
|
---|
1496 |
|
---|
1497 | <listitem>
|
---|
1498 | <para>
|
---|
1499 | <computeroutput>--natpf<1-N> delete
|
---|
1500 | <name></computeroutput>: This setting deletes a NAT
|
---|
1501 | port-forwarding rule. See <xref linkend="natforward" />.
|
---|
1502 | </para>
|
---|
1503 | </listitem>
|
---|
1504 |
|
---|
1505 | <listitem>
|
---|
1506 | <para>
|
---|
1507 | <computeroutput>--nattftpprefix<1-N>
|
---|
1508 | <prefix></computeroutput>: This setting defines a
|
---|
1509 | prefix for the built-in TFTP server, i.e. where the boot
|
---|
1510 | file is located. See <xref linkend="nat-tftp" /> and
|
---|
1511 | <xref
|
---|
1512 | linkend="nat-adv-tftp" />.
|
---|
1513 | </para>
|
---|
1514 | </listitem>
|
---|
1515 |
|
---|
1516 | <listitem>
|
---|
1517 | <para>
|
---|
1518 | <computeroutput>--nattftpfile<1-N>
|
---|
1519 | <bootfile></computeroutput>: This setting defines
|
---|
1520 | the TFT boot file. See <xref linkend="nat-adv-tftp" />.
|
---|
1521 | </para>
|
---|
1522 | </listitem>
|
---|
1523 |
|
---|
1524 | <listitem>
|
---|
1525 | <para>
|
---|
1526 | <computeroutput>--nattftpserver<1-N>
|
---|
1527 | <tftpserver></computeroutput>: This setting defines
|
---|
1528 | the TFTP server address to boot from. See
|
---|
1529 | <xref
|
---|
1530 | linkend="nat-adv-tftp" />.
|
---|
1531 | </para>
|
---|
1532 | </listitem>
|
---|
1533 |
|
---|
1534 | <listitem>
|
---|
1535 | <para>
|
---|
1536 | <computeroutput>--nattbindip<1-N>
|
---|
1537 | <ip;></computeroutput>: VirtualBox's NAT engine
|
---|
1538 | normally routes TCP/IP packets through the default
|
---|
1539 | interface assigned by the host's TCP/IP stack. Use this
|
---|
1540 | setting to instruct the NAT engine to bind to a specified
|
---|
1541 | IP address instead. See
|
---|
1542 | <xref
|
---|
1543 | linkend="nat-adv-settings" />.
|
---|
1544 | </para>
|
---|
1545 | </listitem>
|
---|
1546 |
|
---|
1547 | <listitem>
|
---|
1548 | <para>
|
---|
1549 | <computeroutput>--natdnspassdomain<1-N>
|
---|
1550 | on|off</computeroutput>: This setting specifies whether
|
---|
1551 | the built-in DHCP server passes the domain name for
|
---|
1552 | network name resolution.
|
---|
1553 | </para>
|
---|
1554 | </listitem>
|
---|
1555 |
|
---|
1556 | <listitem>
|
---|
1557 | <para>
|
---|
1558 | <computeroutput>--natdnsproxy<1-N>
|
---|
1559 | on|off</computeroutput>: This setting makes the NAT engine
|
---|
1560 | proxy all guest DNS requests to the host's DNS servers.
|
---|
1561 | See <xref linkend="nat-adv-dns" />.
|
---|
1562 | </para>
|
---|
1563 | </listitem>
|
---|
1564 |
|
---|
1565 | <listitem>
|
---|
1566 | <para>
|
---|
1567 | <computeroutput>--natdnshostresolver<1-N>
|
---|
1568 | on|off</computeroutput>: This setting makes the NAT engine
|
---|
1569 | use the host's resolver mechanisms to handle DNS requests.
|
---|
1570 | See <xref linkend="nat-adv-dns" />.
|
---|
1571 | </para>
|
---|
1572 | </listitem>
|
---|
1573 |
|
---|
1574 | <listitem>
|
---|
1575 | <para>
|
---|
1576 | <computeroutput>--natsettings<1-N>
|
---|
1577 | [<mtu>],[<socksnd>],[<sockrcv>],[<tcpsnd>],
|
---|
1578 | [<tcprcv>]</computeroutput>: This setting controls
|
---|
1579 | several NAT settings. See
|
---|
1580 | <xref linkend="nat-adv-settings" />.
|
---|
1581 | </para>
|
---|
1582 | </listitem>
|
---|
1583 |
|
---|
1584 | <listitem>
|
---|
1585 | <para>
|
---|
1586 | <computeroutput>--nataliasmode<1-N>
|
---|
1587 | default|[log],[proxyonly],[sameports]</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1588 | This setting defines behaviour of NAT engine core: log -
|
---|
1589 | enables logging, proxyonly - switches of aliasing mode
|
---|
1590 | makes NAT transparent, sameports enforces NAT engine to
|
---|
1591 | send packets via the same port as they originated on,
|
---|
1592 | default - disable all mentioned modes above. See
|
---|
1593 | <xref
|
---|
1594 | linkend="nat-adv-alias" />.
|
---|
1595 | </para>
|
---|
1596 | </listitem>
|
---|
1597 |
|
---|
1598 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1599 |
|
---|
1600 | </sect3>
|
---|
1601 |
|
---|
1602 | </sect2>
|
---|
1603 |
|
---|
1604 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-other">
|
---|
1605 |
|
---|
1606 | <title>Miscellaneous Settings</title>
|
---|
1607 |
|
---|
1608 | <para>
|
---|
1609 | The following hardware settings, such as serial port, audio,
|
---|
1610 | clipboard, drag and drop, monitor and USB settings are available
|
---|
1611 | through <computeroutput>VBoxManage modifyvm</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1612 | </para>
|
---|
1613 |
|
---|
1614 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1615 |
|
---|
1616 | <listitem>
|
---|
1617 | <para>
|
---|
1618 | <computeroutput>--mouse
|
---|
1619 | <ps2|usb|usbtablet|usbmultitouch></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1620 | Specifies the mode of the mouse to be used in the VM.
|
---|
1621 | Available options are: ps2, usb, usbtablet, usbmultitouch.
|
---|
1622 | </para>
|
---|
1623 | </listitem>
|
---|
1624 |
|
---|
1625 | <listitem>
|
---|
1626 | <para>
|
---|
1627 | <computeroutput>--keyboard <ps2|usb></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1628 | Specifies the mode of the keyboard to be used in the VM.
|
---|
1629 | Available options are: ps2, usb.
|
---|
1630 | </para>
|
---|
1631 | </listitem>
|
---|
1632 |
|
---|
1633 | <listitem>
|
---|
1634 | <para>
|
---|
1635 | <computeroutput>--uart<1-N> off|<I/O base>
|
---|
1636 | <IRQ></computeroutput>: With this setting you can
|
---|
1637 | configure virtual serial ports for the VM. See
|
---|
1638 | <xref
|
---|
1639 | linkend="serialports" />.
|
---|
1640 | </para>
|
---|
1641 | </listitem>
|
---|
1642 |
|
---|
1643 | <listitem>
|
---|
1644 | <para>
|
---|
1645 | <computeroutput>--uartmode<1-N>
|
---|
1646 | <arg></computeroutput>: This setting controls how
|
---|
1647 | VirtualBox connects a given virtual serial port (previously
|
---|
1648 | configured with the <computeroutput>--uartX</computeroutput>
|
---|
1649 | setting, see above) to the host on which the virtual machine
|
---|
1650 | is running. As described in <xref linkend="serialports" />,
|
---|
1651 | for each such port, you can specify
|
---|
1652 | <computeroutput><arg></computeroutput> as one of the
|
---|
1653 | following options:
|
---|
1654 | </para>
|
---|
1655 |
|
---|
1656 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1657 |
|
---|
1658 | <listitem>
|
---|
1659 | <para>
|
---|
1660 | <computeroutput>disconnected</computeroutput>: Even
|
---|
1661 | though the serial port is shown to the guest, it has no
|
---|
1662 | "other end". This is like a real COM port without a
|
---|
1663 | cable.
|
---|
1664 | </para>
|
---|
1665 | </listitem>
|
---|
1666 |
|
---|
1667 | <listitem>
|
---|
1668 | <para>
|
---|
1669 | <computeroutput>server
|
---|
1670 | <pipename></computeroutput>: On a Windows host,
|
---|
1671 | this tells VirtualBox to create a named pipe on the host
|
---|
1672 | named <computeroutput><pipename></computeroutput>
|
---|
1673 | and connect the virtual serial device to it. Note that
|
---|
1674 | Windows requires that the name of a named pipe begin
|
---|
1675 | with <computeroutput>\\.\pipe\</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1676 | </para>
|
---|
1677 |
|
---|
1678 | <para>
|
---|
1679 | On a Linux host, instead of a named pipe, a local domain
|
---|
1680 | socket is used.
|
---|
1681 | </para>
|
---|
1682 | </listitem>
|
---|
1683 |
|
---|
1684 | <listitem>
|
---|
1685 | <para>
|
---|
1686 | <computeroutput>client
|
---|
1687 | <pipename></computeroutput>: This operates just
|
---|
1688 | like <computeroutput>server ...</computeroutput>, except
|
---|
1689 | that the pipe, or local domain socket, is not created by
|
---|
1690 | VirtualBox, but assumed to exist already.
|
---|
1691 | </para>
|
---|
1692 | </listitem>
|
---|
1693 |
|
---|
1694 | <listitem>
|
---|
1695 | <para>
|
---|
1696 | <computeroutput>tcpserver <port></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1697 | This tells VirtualBox to create a TCP socket on the host
|
---|
1698 | with TCP <computeroutput><port></computeroutput>
|
---|
1699 | and connect the virtual serial device to it. Note that
|
---|
1700 | UNIX-like systems require ports over 1024 for normal
|
---|
1701 | users.
|
---|
1702 | </para>
|
---|
1703 | </listitem>
|
---|
1704 |
|
---|
1705 | <listitem>
|
---|
1706 | <para>
|
---|
1707 | <computeroutput>tcpclient
|
---|
1708 | <hostname:port></computeroutput>: This operates
|
---|
1709 | just like <computeroutput>tcpserver
|
---|
1710 | ...</computeroutput>, except that the TCP socket is not
|
---|
1711 | created by VirtualBox, but assumed to exist already.
|
---|
1712 | </para>
|
---|
1713 | </listitem>
|
---|
1714 |
|
---|
1715 | <listitem>
|
---|
1716 | <para>
|
---|
1717 | <computeroutput>file <file></computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1718 | redirects the serial port output to a raw file
|
---|
1719 | <file> specified by its absolute path on the host
|
---|
1720 | file system.
|
---|
1721 | </para>
|
---|
1722 | </listitem>
|
---|
1723 |
|
---|
1724 | <listitem>
|
---|
1725 | <para>
|
---|
1726 | <computeroutput><devicename></computeroutput>: If,
|
---|
1727 | instead of the above, the device name of a physical
|
---|
1728 | hardware serial port of the host is specified, the
|
---|
1729 | virtual serial port is connected to that hardware port.
|
---|
1730 | On a Windows host, the device name will be a COM port
|
---|
1731 | such as <computeroutput>COM1</computeroutput>; on a
|
---|
1732 | Linux host, the device name will look like
|
---|
1733 | <computeroutput>/dev/ttyS0</computeroutput>. This allows
|
---|
1734 | you to "wire" a real serial port to a virtual machine.
|
---|
1735 | </para>
|
---|
1736 | </listitem>
|
---|
1737 |
|
---|
1738 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1739 | </listitem>
|
---|
1740 |
|
---|
1741 | <listitem>
|
---|
1742 | <para>
|
---|
1743 | <computeroutput>--lptmode<1-N>
|
---|
1744 | <Device></computeroutput>: Specifies the Device Name
|
---|
1745 | of the parallel port that the Parallel Port feature will be
|
---|
1746 | using. Use this <emphasis>before</emphasis>
|
---|
1747 | <computeroutput>--lpt</computeroutput>. This feature is host
|
---|
1748 | operating system specific. For Windows hosts, use a device
|
---|
1749 | name like <emphasis>lpt1</emphasis> while on Linux hosts you
|
---|
1750 | have to use a device name like <emphasis>/dev/lp0</emphasis>
|
---|
1751 | </para>
|
---|
1752 | </listitem>
|
---|
1753 |
|
---|
1754 | <listitem>
|
---|
1755 | <para>
|
---|
1756 | <computeroutput>--lpt<1-N> <I/O base>
|
---|
1757 | <IRQ></computeroutput>: Specifies the I/O address of
|
---|
1758 | the parallel port and the IRQ number that the Parallel Port
|
---|
1759 | feature will be using. Optional. Use this
|
---|
1760 | <emphasis>after</emphasis>
|
---|
1761 | <computeroutput>--lptmod</computeroutput>. I/O base address
|
---|
1762 | and IRQ are the values that guest sees. For example, the
|
---|
1763 | values avalable under guest Device Manager.
|
---|
1764 | </para>
|
---|
1765 | </listitem>
|
---|
1766 |
|
---|
1767 | <listitem>
|
---|
1768 | <para>
|
---|
1769 | <computeroutput>--audio
|
---|
1770 | none|null|dsound|oss|alsa|pulse|coreaudio</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1771 | With this setting, you can specify whether the VM should
|
---|
1772 | have audio support, and – if so – which type.
|
---|
1773 | The list of supported audio types depends on the host and
|
---|
1774 | can be determined with <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
1775 | modifyvm</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1776 | </para>
|
---|
1777 | </listitem>
|
---|
1778 |
|
---|
1779 | <listitem>
|
---|
1780 | <para>
|
---|
1781 | <computeroutput>--audiocontroller
|
---|
1782 | ac97|hda|sb16</computeroutput>: With this setting, you can
|
---|
1783 | specify the audio controller to be used with this VM.
|
---|
1784 | </para>
|
---|
1785 | </listitem>
|
---|
1786 |
|
---|
1787 | <listitem>
|
---|
1788 | <para>
|
---|
1789 | <computeroutput>--audiocodec
|
---|
1790 | stac9700|ad1980|stac9221|sb16</computeroutput>: With this
|
---|
1791 | setting, you can specify the audio codec to be used with
|
---|
1792 | this VM.
|
---|
1793 | </para>
|
---|
1794 | </listitem>
|
---|
1795 |
|
---|
1796 | <listitem>
|
---|
1797 | <para>
|
---|
1798 | <computeroutput>--audioin on</computeroutput>: With this
|
---|
1799 | setting, you can specify whether capturing audio from the
|
---|
1800 | host is enabled or disabled.
|
---|
1801 | </para>
|
---|
1802 | </listitem>
|
---|
1803 |
|
---|
1804 | <listitem>
|
---|
1805 | <para>
|
---|
1806 | <computeroutput>--audioout on</computeroutput>: With this
|
---|
1807 | setting, you can specify whether audio playback from the
|
---|
1808 | guest is enabled or disabled.
|
---|
1809 | </para>
|
---|
1810 | </listitem>
|
---|
1811 |
|
---|
1812 | <listitem>
|
---|
1813 | <para>
|
---|
1814 | <computeroutput>--clipboard
|
---|
1815 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1816 | With this setting, you can select if and how the guest or
|
---|
1817 | host operating system's clipboard should be shared with the
|
---|
1818 | host or guest. See <xref linkend="generalsettings" />. This
|
---|
1819 | requires that the Guest Additions be installed in the
|
---|
1820 | virtual machine.
|
---|
1821 | </para>
|
---|
1822 | </listitem>
|
---|
1823 |
|
---|
1824 | <listitem>
|
---|
1825 | <para>
|
---|
1826 | <computeroutput>--draganddrop
|
---|
1827 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1828 | With this setting, you can specify the current drag and drop
|
---|
1829 | mode being used between the host and the virtual machine.
|
---|
1830 | See <xref linkend="guestadd-dnd" />. This requires that the
|
---|
1831 | Guest Additions be installed in the virtual machine.
|
---|
1832 | </para>
|
---|
1833 | </listitem>
|
---|
1834 |
|
---|
1835 | <listitem>
|
---|
1836 | <para>
|
---|
1837 | <computeroutput>--monitorcount
|
---|
1838 | <count></computeroutput>: This enables multi-monitor
|
---|
1839 | support. See <xref linkend="settings-display" />.
|
---|
1840 | </para>
|
---|
1841 | </listitem>
|
---|
1842 |
|
---|
1843 | <listitem>
|
---|
1844 | <para>
|
---|
1845 | <computeroutput>--usb on|off</computeroutput>: This setting
|
---|
1846 | enables or disables the VM's virtual USB controller. See
|
---|
1847 | <xref
|
---|
1848 | linkend="settings-usb" />.
|
---|
1849 | </para>
|
---|
1850 | </listitem>
|
---|
1851 |
|
---|
1852 | <listitem>
|
---|
1853 | <para>
|
---|
1854 | <computeroutput>--usbehci on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1855 | setting enables or disables the VM's virtual USB 2.0
|
---|
1856 | controller. See <xref linkend="settings-usb" />.
|
---|
1857 | </para>
|
---|
1858 | </listitem>
|
---|
1859 |
|
---|
1860 | <listitem>
|
---|
1861 | <para>
|
---|
1862 | <computeroutput>--usbxhci on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1863 | setting enables or disables the VM's virtual USB 3.0
|
---|
1864 | controller. See <xref linkend="settings-usb" />.
|
---|
1865 | </para>
|
---|
1866 | </listitem>
|
---|
1867 |
|
---|
1868 | <listitem>
|
---|
1869 | <para>
|
---|
1870 | <computeroutput>--usbrename <oldname>
|
---|
1871 | <newname></computeroutput>: This setting enables
|
---|
1872 | renaming of the VM's virtual USB controller from
|
---|
1873 | <oldname> to <newname>.
|
---|
1874 | </para>
|
---|
1875 | </listitem>
|
---|
1876 |
|
---|
1877 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1878 |
|
---|
1879 | </sect2>
|
---|
1880 |
|
---|
1881 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-videocap">
|
---|
1882 |
|
---|
1883 | <title>Video Capture Settings</title>
|
---|
1884 |
|
---|
1885 | <para>
|
---|
1886 | The following settings for changing video recording parameters
|
---|
1887 | are available through <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
1888 | modifyvm</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1889 | </para>
|
---|
1890 |
|
---|
1891 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1892 |
|
---|
1893 | <listitem>
|
---|
1894 | <para>
|
---|
1895 | <computeroutput>--videocap on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
1896 | option enables or disables recording a VM session into a
|
---|
1897 | WebM/VP8 file. If this option is enabled, recording will
|
---|
1898 | start when the VM session is started.
|
---|
1899 | </para>
|
---|
1900 | </listitem>
|
---|
1901 |
|
---|
1902 | <listitem>
|
---|
1903 | <para>
|
---|
1904 | <computeroutput>--videocapscreens all|<screen ID>
|
---|
1905 | [<screen ID> ...]</computeroutput>: This option allows
|
---|
1906 | to specify which screens of the VM are being recorded. Each
|
---|
1907 | screen is recorded into a separate file.
|
---|
1908 | </para>
|
---|
1909 | </listitem>
|
---|
1910 |
|
---|
1911 | <listitem>
|
---|
1912 | <para>
|
---|
1913 | <computeroutput>--videocapfile
|
---|
1914 | <filename></computeroutput>: This option sets the
|
---|
1915 | filename VirtualBox uses to save the recorded content.
|
---|
1916 | </para>
|
---|
1917 | </listitem>
|
---|
1918 |
|
---|
1919 | <listitem>
|
---|
1920 | <para>
|
---|
1921 | <computeroutput>--videocapres
|
---|
1922 | <width>x<height></computeroutput>: This option
|
---|
1923 | sets the resolution (in pixels) of the recorded video.
|
---|
1924 | </para>
|
---|
1925 | </listitem>
|
---|
1926 |
|
---|
1927 | <listitem>
|
---|
1928 | <para>
|
---|
1929 | <computeroutput>--videocaprate
|
---|
1930 | <rate></computeroutput>: This option sets the bitrate
|
---|
1931 | in kilobits (kb) per second. Increasing this value makes the
|
---|
1932 | video look better for the cost of an increased file size.
|
---|
1933 | </para>
|
---|
1934 | </listitem>
|
---|
1935 |
|
---|
1936 | <listitem>
|
---|
1937 | <para>
|
---|
1938 | <computeroutput>--videocapfps <fps></computeroutput>:
|
---|
1939 | This option sets the maximum number of frames per second
|
---|
1940 | (FPS) to be recorded. Frames with a higher frequency will be
|
---|
1941 | skipped. Reducing this value increases the number of skipped
|
---|
1942 | frames and reduces the file size.
|
---|
1943 | </para>
|
---|
1944 | </listitem>
|
---|
1945 |
|
---|
1946 | <listitem>
|
---|
1947 | <para>
|
---|
1948 | <computeroutput>--videocapmaxtime
|
---|
1949 | <ms></computeroutput>: This option sets the maximum
|
---|
1950 | time in milliseconds the video capturing will be enabled
|
---|
1951 | since activation. The capturing stops when the defined time
|
---|
1952 | interval has elapsed. If this value is zero the capturing is
|
---|
1953 | not limited by time.
|
---|
1954 | </para>
|
---|
1955 | </listitem>
|
---|
1956 |
|
---|
1957 | <listitem>
|
---|
1958 | <para>
|
---|
1959 | <computeroutput>--videocapmaxsize
|
---|
1960 | <MB></computeroutput>: This option limits the maximum
|
---|
1961 | size of the captured video file (in MB). The capturing stops
|
---|
1962 | when the file size has reached the specified size. If this
|
---|
1963 | value is zero the capturing will not be limited by file
|
---|
1964 | size.
|
---|
1965 | </para>
|
---|
1966 | </listitem>
|
---|
1967 |
|
---|
1968 | <listitem>
|
---|
1969 | <para>
|
---|
1970 | <computeroutput>--videocapopts <key=value>
|
---|
1971 | [,<key=value> ...]</computeroutput>: This format can
|
---|
1972 | be used to specify additional video capturing options. These
|
---|
1973 | options only are for advanced users and must be specified in
|
---|
1974 | a comma-separated key=value format. For example:
|
---|
1975 | <computeroutput>foo=bar,a=b</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1976 | </para>
|
---|
1977 |
|
---|
1978 | <para>
|
---|
1979 | The following keys and their corresponding values are
|
---|
1980 | available:
|
---|
1981 | </para>
|
---|
1982 |
|
---|
1983 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1984 |
|
---|
1985 | <listitem>
|
---|
1986 | <para>
|
---|
1987 | <computeroutput>ac_enabled</computeroutput>: Enables
|
---|
1988 | audio recording when set to
|
---|
1989 | <computeroutput>true</computeroutput>, otherwise set to
|
---|
1990 | <computeroutput>false</computeroutput> to disable. This
|
---|
1991 | feature is considered being experimental.
|
---|
1992 | </para>
|
---|
1993 | </listitem>
|
---|
1994 |
|
---|
1995 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1996 | </listitem>
|
---|
1997 |
|
---|
1998 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1999 |
|
---|
2000 | </sect2>
|
---|
2001 |
|
---|
2002 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde">
|
---|
2003 |
|
---|
2004 | <title>Remote Machine Settings</title>
|
---|
2005 |
|
---|
2006 | <para>
|
---|
2007 | The following settings that affect remote machine behavior are
|
---|
2008 | available through <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
2009 | modifyvm</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2010 | </para>
|
---|
2011 |
|
---|
2012 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2013 |
|
---|
2014 | <listitem>
|
---|
2015 | <para>
|
---|
2016 | <computeroutput>--vrde on|off</computeroutput>: This enables
|
---|
2017 | or disables the VirtualBox remote desktop extension (VRDE)
|
---|
2018 | server.
|
---|
2019 | </para>
|
---|
2020 | </listitem>
|
---|
2021 |
|
---|
2022 | <listitem>
|
---|
2023 | <para>
|
---|
2024 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2025 | "TCP/Ports|Address=<value>"</computeroutput> sets the
|
---|
2026 | port number(s) and IP address on the VM that the VRDE server
|
---|
2027 | can bind to.
|
---|
2028 | </para>
|
---|
2029 |
|
---|
2030 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2031 |
|
---|
2032 | <listitem>
|
---|
2033 | <para>
|
---|
2034 | For TCP/Ports, <value> should be a port or a range
|
---|
2035 | of ports that the VRDE server can bind to; "default" or
|
---|
2036 | "0" means port 3389, the standard port for RDP. See the
|
---|
2037 | description for the
|
---|
2038 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
2039 | <xref
|
---|
2040 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
2041 | </para>
|
---|
2042 | </listitem>
|
---|
2043 |
|
---|
2044 | <listitem>
|
---|
2045 | <para>
|
---|
2046 | For TCP/Address, <value> should be the IP address
|
---|
2047 | of the host network interface that the VRDE server will
|
---|
2048 | bind to. If specified, the server will accept
|
---|
2049 | connections only on the specified host network
|
---|
2050 | interface. See the description for the
|
---|
2051 | <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
2052 | <xref
|
---|
2053 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
2054 | </para>
|
---|
2055 | </listitem>
|
---|
2056 |
|
---|
2057 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2058 | </listitem>
|
---|
2059 |
|
---|
2060 | <listitem>
|
---|
2061 | <para>
|
---|
2062 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2063 | "VideoChannel/Enabled|Quality|DownscaleProtection=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2064 | sets the VRDP video redirection properties.
|
---|
2065 | </para>
|
---|
2066 |
|
---|
2067 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2068 |
|
---|
2069 | <listitem>
|
---|
2070 | <para>
|
---|
2071 | For VideoChannel/Enabled, <value> can be set to
|
---|
2072 | "1" switching the VRDP video channel on. For details,
|
---|
2073 | see <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2074 | </para>
|
---|
2075 | </listitem>
|
---|
2076 |
|
---|
2077 | <listitem>
|
---|
2078 | <para>
|
---|
2079 | For VideoChannel/Quality, <value> should be set
|
---|
2080 | between 10 and 100% inclusive, representing a JPEG
|
---|
2081 | compression level on the VRDE server video channel.
|
---|
2082 | Lower values mean lower quality but higher compression.
|
---|
2083 | See <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2084 | </para>
|
---|
2085 | </listitem>
|
---|
2086 |
|
---|
2087 | <listitem>
|
---|
2088 | <para>
|
---|
2089 | For VideoChannel/DownscaleProtection, <value> can
|
---|
2090 | be set to "1" to enable the videochannel downscale
|
---|
2091 | protection feature. When enabled, if a video's size
|
---|
2092 | equals the shadow buffer size, then it is regarded as a
|
---|
2093 | full screen video, and is displayed. But if its size is
|
---|
2094 | between fullscreen and the downscale threshold then it
|
---|
2095 | is <emphasis>not</emphasis> displayed, as it could be an
|
---|
2096 | application window, which would be unreadable when
|
---|
2097 | downscaled. When the downscale protection feature is
|
---|
2098 | disabled, an attempt is always made to display videos.
|
---|
2099 | </para>
|
---|
2100 | </listitem>
|
---|
2101 |
|
---|
2102 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2103 | </listitem>
|
---|
2104 |
|
---|
2105 | <listitem>
|
---|
2106 | <para>
|
---|
2107 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2108 | "Client/DisableDisplay|DisableInput|DisableAudio|DisableUSB=1"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2109 | </para>
|
---|
2110 |
|
---|
2111 | <para>
|
---|
2112 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Display, Input,
|
---|
2113 | Audio or USB respectively. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
2114 | "Client/DisableDisplay=" for example. See
|
---|
2115 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
2116 | </para>
|
---|
2117 | </listitem>
|
---|
2118 |
|
---|
2119 | <listitem>
|
---|
2120 | <para>
|
---|
2121 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2122 | "Client/DisableClipboard|DisableUpstreamAudio=1"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2123 | </para>
|
---|
2124 |
|
---|
2125 | <para>
|
---|
2126 | Disables one of the VRDE server features: Clipboard or
|
---|
2127 | UpstreamAudio respectively. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
2128 | "Client/DisableClipboard=" for example. See
|
---|
2129 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
2130 | </para>
|
---|
2131 | </listitem>
|
---|
2132 |
|
---|
2133 | <listitem>
|
---|
2134 | <para>
|
---|
2135 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2136 | "Client/DisableRDPDR=1"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2137 | </para>
|
---|
2138 |
|
---|
2139 | <para>
|
---|
2140 | Disables the VRDE server feature: RDP device redirection for
|
---|
2141 | smart cards. To reenable this feature, use
|
---|
2142 | "Client/DisableRDPR=".
|
---|
2143 | </para>
|
---|
2144 | </listitem>
|
---|
2145 |
|
---|
2146 | <listitem>
|
---|
2147 | <para>
|
---|
2148 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2149 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=1"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2150 | </para>
|
---|
2151 |
|
---|
2152 | <para>
|
---|
2153 | Enables the VRDE server feature: 3D redirection. To disable
|
---|
2154 | this feature, use "H3DRedirect/Enabled=".
|
---|
2155 | </para>
|
---|
2156 | </listitem>
|
---|
2157 |
|
---|
2158 | <listitem>
|
---|
2159 | <para>
|
---|
2160 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2161 | "Security/Method|ServerCertificate|ServerPrivateKey|CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2162 | sets the desired security method/Path of server certificate,
|
---|
2163 | path of server private key, path of CA certificate, used for
|
---|
2164 | a connection.
|
---|
2165 | </para>
|
---|
2166 |
|
---|
2167 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2168 |
|
---|
2169 | <listitem>
|
---|
2170 | <para>
|
---|
2171 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2172 | "Security/Method=<value>"</computeroutput> sets
|
---|
2173 | the desired security method, which is used for a
|
---|
2174 | connection. Valid values are:
|
---|
2175 | </para>
|
---|
2176 |
|
---|
2177 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2178 |
|
---|
2179 | <listitem>
|
---|
2180 | <para>
|
---|
2181 | <computeroutput>Negotiate</computeroutput> - both
|
---|
2182 | Enhanced (TLS) and Standard RDP Security connections
|
---|
2183 | are allowed. The security method is negotiated with
|
---|
2184 | the client. This is the default setting.
|
---|
2185 | </para>
|
---|
2186 | </listitem>
|
---|
2187 |
|
---|
2188 | <listitem>
|
---|
2189 | <para>
|
---|
2190 | <computeroutput>RDP</computeroutput> - only Standard
|
---|
2191 | RDP Security is accepted.
|
---|
2192 | </para>
|
---|
2193 | </listitem>
|
---|
2194 |
|
---|
2195 | <listitem>
|
---|
2196 | <para>
|
---|
2197 | <computeroutput>TLS</computeroutput> - only Enhanced
|
---|
2198 | RDP Security is accepted. The client must support
|
---|
2199 | TLS.
|
---|
2200 | </para>
|
---|
2201 | </listitem>
|
---|
2202 |
|
---|
2203 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2204 |
|
---|
2205 | <para>
|
---|
2206 | See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2207 | </para>
|
---|
2208 | </listitem>
|
---|
2209 |
|
---|
2210 | <listitem>
|
---|
2211 | <para>
|
---|
2212 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2213 | "Security/ServerCertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2214 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
2215 | certificate. Ssee <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2216 | </para>
|
---|
2217 | </listitem>
|
---|
2218 |
|
---|
2219 | <listitem>
|
---|
2220 | <para>
|
---|
2221 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2222 | "Security/ServerPrivateKey=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2223 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
2224 | private key. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2225 | </para>
|
---|
2226 | </listitem>
|
---|
2227 |
|
---|
2228 | <listitem>
|
---|
2229 | <para>
|
---|
2230 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2231 | "Security/CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2232 | where <value> is the absolute path of the CA self
|
---|
2233 | signed certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
2234 | </para>
|
---|
2235 | </listitem>
|
---|
2236 |
|
---|
2237 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2238 | </listitem>
|
---|
2239 |
|
---|
2240 | <listitem>
|
---|
2241 | <para>
|
---|
2242 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2243 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode|LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2244 | sets the Audio connection mode, or Path of the audio
|
---|
2245 | logfile.
|
---|
2246 | </para>
|
---|
2247 |
|
---|
2248 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2249 |
|
---|
2250 | <listitem>
|
---|
2251 | <para>
|
---|
2252 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2253 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
2254 | where <value> is the desired rate correction mode,
|
---|
2255 | allowed values are:
|
---|
2256 | </para>
|
---|
2257 |
|
---|
2258 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2259 |
|
---|
2260 | <listitem>
|
---|
2261 | <para>
|
---|
2262 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_VOID</computeroutput>
|
---|
2263 | - no mode specified, use to unset any Audio mode
|
---|
2264 | already set.
|
---|
2265 | </para>
|
---|
2266 | </listitem>
|
---|
2267 |
|
---|
2268 | <listitem>
|
---|
2269 | <para>
|
---|
2270 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_RC</computeroutput>
|
---|
2271 | - rate correction mode.
|
---|
2272 | </para>
|
---|
2273 | </listitem>
|
---|
2274 |
|
---|
2275 | <listitem>
|
---|
2276 | <para>
|
---|
2277 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_LPF</computeroutput>
|
---|
2278 | - low pass filter mode.
|
---|
2279 | </para>
|
---|
2280 | </listitem>
|
---|
2281 |
|
---|
2282 | <listitem>
|
---|
2283 | <para>
|
---|
2284 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_CS</computeroutput>
|
---|
2285 | - client sync mode to prevent under/overflow of the
|
---|
2286 | client queue.
|
---|
2287 | </para>
|
---|
2288 | </listitem>
|
---|
2289 |
|
---|
2290 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2291 | </listitem>
|
---|
2292 |
|
---|
2293 | <listitem>
|
---|
2294 | <para>
|
---|
2295 | <computeroutput>--vrdeproperty
|
---|
2296 | "Audio/LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput> where
|
---|
2297 | <value> is the absolute path of the Audio log
|
---|
2298 | file.
|
---|
2299 | </para>
|
---|
2300 | </listitem>
|
---|
2301 |
|
---|
2302 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2303 | </listitem>
|
---|
2304 |
|
---|
2305 | <listitem>
|
---|
2306 | <para>
|
---|
2307 | <computeroutput>--vrdeextpack
|
---|
2308 | default|<name></computeroutput>: Enables specification
|
---|
2309 | of the library for accessing the VM remotely. The default is
|
---|
2310 | to use the RDP code which is part of the Oracle VM
|
---|
2311 | VirtualBox Extension Pack.
|
---|
2312 | </para>
|
---|
2313 | </listitem>
|
---|
2314 |
|
---|
2315 | <listitem>
|
---|
2316 | <para>
|
---|
2317 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport
|
---|
2318 | default|<ports></computeroutput>: A port or a range of
|
---|
2319 | ports the VRDE server can bind to; "default" or "0" means
|
---|
2320 | port 3389, the standard port for RDP. You can specify a
|
---|
2321 | comma-separated list of ports or ranges of ports. Use a dash
|
---|
2322 | between two port numbers to specify a range. The VRDE server
|
---|
2323 | will bind to
|
---|
2324 | <emphasis
|
---|
2325 | role="bold">one</emphasis> of the
|
---|
2326 | available ports from the specified list. Only one machine
|
---|
2327 | can use a given port at a time. For example, the option
|
---|
2328 | <computeroutput> --vrdeport 5000,5010-5012</computeroutput>
|
---|
2329 | will tell the server to bind to one of following ports:
|
---|
2330 | 5000, 5010, 5011 or 5012.
|
---|
2331 | </para>
|
---|
2332 | </listitem>
|
---|
2333 |
|
---|
2334 | <listitem>
|
---|
2335 | <para>
|
---|
2336 | <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress <IP
|
---|
2337 | address></computeroutput>: The IP address of the host
|
---|
2338 | network interface the VRDE server will bind to. If
|
---|
2339 | specified, the server will accept connections only on the
|
---|
2340 | specified host network interface.
|
---|
2341 | </para>
|
---|
2342 |
|
---|
2343 | <para>
|
---|
2344 | The setting can be used to specify whether the VRDP server
|
---|
2345 | should accept either IPv4, IPv6 or both connections:
|
---|
2346 | </para>
|
---|
2347 |
|
---|
2348 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2349 |
|
---|
2350 | <listitem>
|
---|
2351 | <para>
|
---|
2352 | Only IPv4: <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress "0.0.0.0"
|
---|
2353 | </computeroutput>
|
---|
2354 | </para>
|
---|
2355 | </listitem>
|
---|
2356 |
|
---|
2357 | <listitem>
|
---|
2358 | <para>
|
---|
2359 | Only IPv6: <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress "::"
|
---|
2360 | </computeroutput>
|
---|
2361 | </para>
|
---|
2362 | </listitem>
|
---|
2363 |
|
---|
2364 | <listitem>
|
---|
2365 | <para>
|
---|
2366 | Both IPv6 and IPv4 (default):
|
---|
2367 | <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress "" </computeroutput>
|
---|
2368 | </para>
|
---|
2369 | </listitem>
|
---|
2370 |
|
---|
2371 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2372 | </listitem>
|
---|
2373 |
|
---|
2374 | <listitem>
|
---|
2375 | <para>
|
---|
2376 | <computeroutput>--vrdeauthtype
|
---|
2377 | null|external|guest</computeroutput>: This enables you to
|
---|
2378 | indicate use of authorization, and specify how authorization
|
---|
2379 | will be performed. See <xref linkend="vbox-auth" />.
|
---|
2380 | </para>
|
---|
2381 | </listitem>
|
---|
2382 |
|
---|
2383 | <listitem>
|
---|
2384 | <para>
|
---|
2385 | <computeroutput>--vrdeauthlibrary
|
---|
2386 | default|<name></computeroutput>: This specifies the
|
---|
2387 | library used for RDP authentication. See
|
---|
2388 | <xref
|
---|
2389 | linkend="vbox-auth" />.
|
---|
2390 | </para>
|
---|
2391 | </listitem>
|
---|
2392 |
|
---|
2393 | <listitem>
|
---|
2394 | <para>
|
---|
2395 | <computeroutput>--vrdemulticon on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
2396 | enables multiple connections to be made to the same VRDE
|
---|
2397 | server, if the server supports this feature. See
|
---|
2398 | <xref
|
---|
2399 | linkend="vrde-multiconnection" />.
|
---|
2400 | </para>
|
---|
2401 | </listitem>
|
---|
2402 |
|
---|
2403 | <listitem>
|
---|
2404 | <para>
|
---|
2405 | <computeroutput>--vrdereusecon on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
2406 | specifies the VRDE server behavior when multiple connections
|
---|
2407 | are disabled. When this option is enabled, the server will
|
---|
2408 | allow a new client to connect and will drop the existing
|
---|
2409 | connection. When this option is disabled, the default
|
---|
2410 | setting, a new connection will not be accepted if there is
|
---|
2411 | already a client connected to the server.
|
---|
2412 | </para>
|
---|
2413 | </listitem>
|
---|
2414 |
|
---|
2415 | <listitem>
|
---|
2416 | <para>
|
---|
2417 | <computeroutput>--vrdevideochannel on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2418 | This enables video redirection, if it is supported by the
|
---|
2419 | VRDE server. See <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2420 | </para>
|
---|
2421 | </listitem>
|
---|
2422 |
|
---|
2423 | <listitem>
|
---|
2424 | <para>
|
---|
2425 | <computeroutput>--vrdevideochannelquality
|
---|
2426 | <percent></computeroutput>: Specifies the image
|
---|
2427 | quality for video redirection. See
|
---|
2428 | <xref
|
---|
2429 | linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
2430 | </para>
|
---|
2431 | </listitem>
|
---|
2432 |
|
---|
2433 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2434 |
|
---|
2435 | </sect2>
|
---|
2436 |
|
---|
2437 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-teleport">
|
---|
2438 |
|
---|
2439 | <title>Teleporting Settings</title>
|
---|
2440 |
|
---|
2441 | <para>
|
---|
2442 | With the following commands for <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
2443 | modifyvm</computeroutput> you can configure a machine to be a
|
---|
2444 | target for teleporting. See <xref linkend="teleporting" />.
|
---|
2445 | </para>
|
---|
2446 |
|
---|
2447 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2448 |
|
---|
2449 | <listitem>
|
---|
2450 | <para>
|
---|
2451 | <computeroutput>--teleporter on|off</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
2452 | setting enables/disables the teleporter feature whereby when
|
---|
2453 | the machine is started, it waits to receieve a teleporting
|
---|
2454 | request from the network instead of booting normally.
|
---|
2455 | Teleporting requests are received on the port and address
|
---|
2456 | specified using the following parameters.
|
---|
2457 | </para>
|
---|
2458 | </listitem>
|
---|
2459 |
|
---|
2460 | <listitem>
|
---|
2461 | <para>
|
---|
2462 | <computeroutput>--teleporterport
|
---|
2463 | <port></computeroutput>,
|
---|
2464 | <computeroutput>--teleporteraddress
|
---|
2465 | <address></computeroutput>: These settings must be
|
---|
2466 | used with --teleporter and they specify the port and address
|
---|
2467 | the virtual machine should listen to to receive a
|
---|
2468 | teleporting request sent from another virtual machine.
|
---|
2469 | <computeroutput><port></computeroutput> can be any
|
---|
2470 | free TCP/IP port number, such as 6000.
|
---|
2471 | <computeroutput><address></computeroutput> can be any
|
---|
2472 | IP address or hostname and specifies the TCP/IP socket to
|
---|
2473 | bind to. The default is "0.0.0.0", which means any address.
|
---|
2474 | </para>
|
---|
2475 | </listitem>
|
---|
2476 |
|
---|
2477 | <listitem>
|
---|
2478 | <para>
|
---|
2479 | <computeroutput>--teleporterpassword
|
---|
2480 | <password></computeroutput>: If this optional setting
|
---|
2481 | is given, then the teleporting request will only succeed if
|
---|
2482 | the source machine specifies the same password as the one
|
---|
2483 | given with this command.
|
---|
2484 | </para>
|
---|
2485 | </listitem>
|
---|
2486 |
|
---|
2487 | <listitem>
|
---|
2488 | <para>
|
---|
2489 | <computeroutput>--teleporterpasswordfile
|
---|
2490 | <password></computeroutput>: If this optional setting
|
---|
2491 | is given, then the teleporting request will only succeed if
|
---|
2492 | the source machine specifies the same password as the one
|
---|
2493 | specified in the file give with this command. Use
|
---|
2494 | <computeroutput>stdin</computeroutput> to read the password
|
---|
2495 | from stdin.
|
---|
2496 | </para>
|
---|
2497 | </listitem>
|
---|
2498 |
|
---|
2499 | <listitem>
|
---|
2500 | <para>
|
---|
2501 | <computeroutput>--cpuid <leaf> <eax> <ebx>
|
---|
2502 | <ecx> <edx></computeroutput>: Advanced users can
|
---|
2503 | use this setting before a teleporting operation to restrict
|
---|
2504 | the virtual CPU capabilities that VirtualBox presents to the
|
---|
2505 | guest operating system. This must be run on both the source
|
---|
2506 | and the target machines involved in the teleporting and will
|
---|
2507 | then modify what the guest sees when it executes the
|
---|
2508 | <computeroutput>CPUID</computeroutput> machine instruction.
|
---|
2509 | This might help with misbehaving applications that wrongly
|
---|
2510 | assume that certain CPU capabilities are present. The
|
---|
2511 | meaning of the parameters is hardware dependent, refer to
|
---|
2512 | the AMD or Intel processor documentation.
|
---|
2513 | </para>
|
---|
2514 | </listitem>
|
---|
2515 |
|
---|
2516 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2517 |
|
---|
2518 | </sect2>
|
---|
2519 |
|
---|
2520 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-modifyvm-debugging">
|
---|
2521 |
|
---|
2522 | <title>Debugging Settings</title>
|
---|
2523 |
|
---|
2524 | <para>
|
---|
2525 | The following settings are only relevant for low-level VM
|
---|
2526 | debugging. Regular users will never need these settings.
|
---|
2527 | </para>
|
---|
2528 |
|
---|
2529 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2530 |
|
---|
2531 | <listitem>
|
---|
2532 | <para>
|
---|
2533 | <computeroutput>--tracing-enabled on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2534 | Enable the tracebuffer. This consumes some memory for the
|
---|
2535 | tracebuffer and adds extra overhead.
|
---|
2536 | </para>
|
---|
2537 | </listitem>
|
---|
2538 |
|
---|
2539 | <listitem>
|
---|
2540 | <para>
|
---|
2541 | <computeroutput>--tracing-config
|
---|
2542 | <config-string></computeroutput>: Enables tracing
|
---|
2543 | configuration. In particular, this defines which group of
|
---|
2544 | tracepoints are enabled.
|
---|
2545 | </para>
|
---|
2546 | </listitem>
|
---|
2547 |
|
---|
2548 | <listitem>
|
---|
2549 | <para>
|
---|
2550 | <computeroutput>--tracing-allow-vm-access
|
---|
2551 | on|off</computeroutput>: Enables/disables (default) VM
|
---|
2552 | access to the tracebuffer.
|
---|
2553 | </para>
|
---|
2554 | </listitem>
|
---|
2555 |
|
---|
2556 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2557 |
|
---|
2558 | </sect2>
|
---|
2559 |
|
---|
2560 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-usbcardreader">
|
---|
2561 |
|
---|
2562 | <title>USB Card Reader Settings</title>
|
---|
2563 |
|
---|
2564 | <para>
|
---|
2565 | The following setting defines access to a USB Card Reader by the
|
---|
2566 | guest environment. USB card readers are typically used for
|
---|
2567 | accessing data on memory cards such as CompactFlash (CF), Secure
|
---|
2568 | Digital (SD), or MultiMediaCard (MMC).
|
---|
2569 | </para>
|
---|
2570 |
|
---|
2571 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2572 |
|
---|
2573 | <listitem>
|
---|
2574 | <para>
|
---|
2575 | <computeroutput>--usbcardreader on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2576 | Enables/disables the USB card reader interface.
|
---|
2577 | </para>
|
---|
2578 | </listitem>
|
---|
2579 |
|
---|
2580 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2581 |
|
---|
2582 | </sect2>
|
---|
2583 |
|
---|
2584 | <sect2 id="vboxmanage-autostart">
|
---|
2585 |
|
---|
2586 | <title>Autostarting VMs During Host System Boot</title>
|
---|
2587 |
|
---|
2588 | <para>
|
---|
2589 | These settings configure the VM autostart feature, which
|
---|
2590 | automatically starts the VM at host system boot-up. Note that
|
---|
2591 | there are prerequisites that need to be addressed before using
|
---|
2592 | this feature. See <xref linkend="autostart" />.
|
---|
2593 | </para>
|
---|
2594 |
|
---|
2595 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2596 |
|
---|
2597 | <listitem>
|
---|
2598 | <para>
|
---|
2599 | <computeroutput>--autostart on|off</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2600 | Enables/disables VM autostart at host system boot-up, using
|
---|
2601 | specified user name.
|
---|
2602 | </para>
|
---|
2603 | </listitem>
|
---|
2604 |
|
---|
2605 | <listitem>
|
---|
2606 | <para>
|
---|
2607 | <computeroutput>--autostart-delay
|
---|
2608 | <seconds></computeroutput>: Specifies a delay
|
---|
2609 | (seconds) following host system boot-up, before VM
|
---|
2610 | autostarts.
|
---|
2611 | </para>
|
---|
2612 | </listitem>
|
---|
2613 |
|
---|
2614 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2615 |
|
---|
2616 | </sect2>
|
---|
2617 |
|
---|
2618 | </sect1>
|
---|
2619 |
|
---|
2620 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-clonevm">
|
---|
2621 |
|
---|
2622 | <title>VBoxManage clonevm</title>
|
---|
2623 |
|
---|
2624 | <para>
|
---|
2625 | This command creates a full or linked copy of an existing virtual
|
---|
2626 | machine.
|
---|
2627 | </para>
|
---|
2628 |
|
---|
2629 | <para>
|
---|
2630 | The <computeroutput>clonevm</computeroutput> subcommand takes at
|
---|
2631 | least the name of the virtual machine which should be cloned. The
|
---|
2632 | following additional settings can be used to further configure the
|
---|
2633 | clone VM operation:
|
---|
2634 | </para>
|
---|
2635 |
|
---|
2636 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2637 |
|
---|
2638 | <listitem>
|
---|
2639 | <para>
|
---|
2640 | <computeroutput>--snapshot
|
---|
2641 | <uuid>|<name></computeroutput>: Select a specific
|
---|
2642 | snapshot where the clone operation should refer to. Default is
|
---|
2643 | referring to the current state.
|
---|
2644 | </para>
|
---|
2645 | </listitem>
|
---|
2646 |
|
---|
2647 | <listitem>
|
---|
2648 | <para>
|
---|
2649 | <computeroutput>--mode
|
---|
2650 | machine|machineandchildren|all</computeroutput>: Selects the
|
---|
2651 | cloning mode of the operation. If
|
---|
2652 | <computeroutput>machine</computeroutput> is selected (the
|
---|
2653 | default), the current state of the VM without any snapshots is
|
---|
2654 | cloned. In the
|
---|
2655 | <computeroutput>machineandchildren</computeroutput> mode the
|
---|
2656 | snapshot provided by
|
---|
2657 | <computeroutput>--snapshot</computeroutput> and all child
|
---|
2658 | snapshots are cloned. If <computeroutput>all</computeroutput>
|
---|
2659 | is the selected mode all snapshots and the current state are
|
---|
2660 | cloned.
|
---|
2661 | </para>
|
---|
2662 | </listitem>
|
---|
2663 |
|
---|
2664 | <listitem>
|
---|
2665 | <para>
|
---|
2666 | <computeroutput>--options
|
---|
2667 | link|keepallmacs|keepnatmacs|keepdisknames</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2668 | Allows additional fine tuning of the clone operation. The
|
---|
2669 | first option defines that a linked clone should be created,
|
---|
2670 | which is only possible for a machine cloned from a snapshot.
|
---|
2671 | The next two options enable specification of the handling of
|
---|
2672 | MAC addresses of every virtual network card. They can either
|
---|
2673 | be reinitialized (the default), left unchanged
|
---|
2674 | (<computeroutput>keepallmacs</computeroutput>) or left
|
---|
2675 | unchanged when the network type is NAT
|
---|
2676 | (<computeroutput>keepnatmacs</computeroutput>). If you add
|
---|
2677 | <computeroutput>keepdisknames</computeroutput> all new disk
|
---|
2678 | images are called like the original ones, otherwise they are
|
---|
2679 | renamed.
|
---|
2680 | </para>
|
---|
2681 | </listitem>
|
---|
2682 |
|
---|
2683 | <listitem>
|
---|
2684 | <para>
|
---|
2685 | <computeroutput>--name <name></computeroutput>: Select a
|
---|
2686 | new name for the new virtual machine. Default is "Original
|
---|
2687 | Name Clone".
|
---|
2688 | </para>
|
---|
2689 | </listitem>
|
---|
2690 |
|
---|
2691 | <listitem>
|
---|
2692 | <para>
|
---|
2693 | <computeroutput>--groups <group>, ...</computeroutput>
|
---|
2694 | Enables the clone to be assigned membership of the specified
|
---|
2695 | VM groups in the list. Note that group ids always start with a
|
---|
2696 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput> and can be nested. By
|
---|
2697 | default, clones are always assigned membership of the group
|
---|
2698 | <computeroutput>/</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2699 | </para>
|
---|
2700 | </listitem>
|
---|
2701 |
|
---|
2702 | <listitem>
|
---|
2703 | <para>
|
---|
2704 | <computeroutput>--basefolder
|
---|
2705 | <basefolder></computeroutput>: Select the folder where
|
---|
2706 | the new virtual machine configuration should be saved in.
|
---|
2707 | </para>
|
---|
2708 | </listitem>
|
---|
2709 |
|
---|
2710 | <listitem>
|
---|
2711 | <para>
|
---|
2712 | <computeroutput>--uuid <uuid></computeroutput>: Select
|
---|
2713 | the UUID the new VM should have. This ID has to be unique in
|
---|
2714 | the VirtualBox instance this clone should be registered.
|
---|
2715 | Default is creating a new UUID.
|
---|
2716 | </para>
|
---|
2717 | </listitem>
|
---|
2718 |
|
---|
2719 | <listitem>
|
---|
2720 | <para>
|
---|
2721 | <computeroutput>--register</computeroutput>: Automatically
|
---|
2722 | register the new clone in this VirtualBox installation. If you
|
---|
2723 | manually want to register the new VM later, see
|
---|
2724 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-registervm" />.
|
---|
2725 | </para>
|
---|
2726 | </listitem>
|
---|
2727 |
|
---|
2728 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2729 |
|
---|
2730 | </sect1>
|
---|
2731 |
|
---|
2732 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-import">
|
---|
2733 |
|
---|
2734 | <title>VBoxManage import</title>
|
---|
2735 |
|
---|
2736 | <para>
|
---|
2737 | This command imports a virtual appliance in OVF format by copying
|
---|
2738 | the virtual disk images and creating virtual machines in
|
---|
2739 | VirtualBox. See <xref linkend="ovf" /> for an introduction to
|
---|
2740 | appliances.
|
---|
2741 | </para>
|
---|
2742 |
|
---|
2743 | <para>
|
---|
2744 | The <computeroutput>import</computeroutput> subcommand takes at
|
---|
2745 | least the path name of an OVF file as input and expects the disk
|
---|
2746 | images, if needed, in the same directory as the OVF file. A lot of
|
---|
2747 | additional command-line options are supported to control in detail
|
---|
2748 | what is being imported and modify the import parameters, but the
|
---|
2749 | details depend on the content of the OVF file.
|
---|
2750 | </para>
|
---|
2751 |
|
---|
2752 | <para>
|
---|
2753 | It is therefore recommended to first run the import subcommand
|
---|
2754 | with the <computeroutput>--dry-run</computeroutput> or
|
---|
2755 | <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> option. This will then print a
|
---|
2756 | description of the appliance's contents to the screen how it would
|
---|
2757 | be imported into VirtualBox, together with the optional
|
---|
2758 | command-line options to influence the import behavior.
|
---|
2759 | </para>
|
---|
2760 |
|
---|
2761 | <para>
|
---|
2762 | Use of the <computeroutput>--options
|
---|
2763 | link|keepallmacs|keepnatmacs|keepdisknames</computeroutput>:
|
---|
2764 | option enables additional fine tuning of the clone operation. The
|
---|
2765 | first option defines that a linked clone should be created, which
|
---|
2766 | is only possible for a machine clone from a snapshot. The next two
|
---|
2767 | options enable specification of how the MAC addresses of every
|
---|
2768 | virtual network card should be handled. They can either be
|
---|
2769 | reinitialized (the default), left unchanged
|
---|
2770 | (<computeroutput>keepallmacs</computeroutput>) or left unchanged
|
---|
2771 | when the network type is NAT
|
---|
2772 | (<computeroutput>keepnatmacs</computeroutput>). If you add
|
---|
2773 | <computeroutput>keepdisknames</computeroutput> all new disk images
|
---|
2774 | are assigned the same names as the originals, otherwise they are
|
---|
2775 | renamed.
|
---|
2776 | </para>
|
---|
2777 |
|
---|
2778 | <para>
|
---|
2779 | As an example, here is the screen output with a sample appliance
|
---|
2780 | containing a Windows XP guest:
|
---|
2781 | </para>
|
---|
2782 |
|
---|
2783 | <screen>VBoxManage import WindowsXp.ovf --dry-run
|
---|
2784 | Interpreting WindowsXp.ovf...
|
---|
2785 | OK.
|
---|
2786 | Virtual system 0:
|
---|
2787 | 0: Suggested OS type: "WindowsXP"
|
---|
2788 | (change with "--vsys 0 --ostype <type>"; use "list ostypes" to list all)
|
---|
2789 | 1: Suggested VM name "Windows XP Professional_1"
|
---|
2790 | (change with "--vsys 0 --vmname <name>")
|
---|
2791 | 3: Number of CPUs: 1
|
---|
2792 | (change with "--vsys 0 --cpus <n>")
|
---|
2793 | 4: Guest memory: 956 MB (change with "--vsys 0 --memory <MB>")
|
---|
2794 | 5: Sound card (appliance expects "ensoniq1371", can change on import)
|
---|
2795 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 5 --ignore")
|
---|
2796 | 6: USB controller
|
---|
2797 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 6 --ignore")
|
---|
2798 | 7: Network adapter: orig bridged, config 2, extra type=bridged
|
---|
2799 | 8: Floppy
|
---|
2800 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 8 --ignore")
|
---|
2801 | 9: SCSI controller, type BusLogic
|
---|
2802 | (change with "--vsys 0 --unit 9 --scsitype {BusLogic|LsiLogic}";
|
---|
2803 | disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 9 --ignore")
|
---|
2804 | 10: IDE controller, type PIIX4
|
---|
2805 | (disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 10 --ignore")
|
---|
2806 | 11: Hard disk image: source image=WindowsXp.vmdk,
|
---|
2807 | target path=/home/user/disks/WindowsXp.vmdk, controller=9;channel=0
|
---|
2808 | (change controller with "--vsys 0 --unit 11 --controller <id>";
|
---|
2809 | disable with "--vsys 0 --unit 11 --ignore")</screen>
|
---|
2810 |
|
---|
2811 | <para>
|
---|
2812 | The individual configuration items are numbered, and depending on
|
---|
2813 | their type support different command-line options. The import
|
---|
2814 | subcommand can be directed to ignore many such items with a
|
---|
2815 | <computeroutput>--vsys X --unit Y --ignore</computeroutput>
|
---|
2816 | option, where X is the number of the virtual system (zero unless
|
---|
2817 | there are several virtual system descriptions in the appliance)
|
---|
2818 | and Y the item number, as printed on the screen.
|
---|
2819 | </para>
|
---|
2820 |
|
---|
2821 | <para>
|
---|
2822 | In the above example, Item #1 specifies the name of the target
|
---|
2823 | machine in VirtualBox. Items #9 and #10 specify hard disk
|
---|
2824 | controllers, respectively. Item #11 describes a hard disk image;
|
---|
2825 | in this case, the additional
|
---|
2826 | <computeroutput>--controller</computeroutput> option indicates
|
---|
2827 | which item the disk image should be connected to, with the default
|
---|
2828 | coming from the OVF file.
|
---|
2829 | </para>
|
---|
2830 |
|
---|
2831 | <para>
|
---|
2832 | You can combine several items for the same virtual system behind
|
---|
2833 | the same <computeroutput>--vsys</computeroutput> option. For
|
---|
2834 | example, to import a machine as described in the OVF, but without
|
---|
2835 | the sound card and without the USB controller, and with the disk
|
---|
2836 | image connected to the IDE controller instead of the SCSI
|
---|
2837 | controller, use this command:
|
---|
2838 | </para>
|
---|
2839 |
|
---|
2840 | <screen>VBoxManage import WindowsXp.ovf
|
---|
2841 | --vsys 0 --unit 5 --ignore --unit 6 --ignore --unit 11 --controller 10</screen>
|
---|
2842 |
|
---|
2843 | </sect1>
|
---|
2844 |
|
---|
2845 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-export">
|
---|
2846 |
|
---|
2847 | <title>VBoxManage export</title>
|
---|
2848 |
|
---|
2849 | <para>
|
---|
2850 | This command exports one or more virtual machines from VirtualBox
|
---|
2851 | into a virtual appliance in OVF format, including copying their
|
---|
2852 | virtual disk images to compressed VMDK. See <xref linkend="ovf" />
|
---|
2853 | for an introduction to appliances.
|
---|
2854 | </para>
|
---|
2855 |
|
---|
2856 | <para>
|
---|
2857 | The <computeroutput>export</computeroutput> command is simple to
|
---|
2858 | use: list the machine (or the machines) that you would like to
|
---|
2859 | export to the same OVF file and specify the target OVF file after
|
---|
2860 | an additional <computeroutput>--output</computeroutput> or
|
---|
2861 | <computeroutput>-o</computeroutput> option. Note that the
|
---|
2862 | directory of the target OVF file will also receive the exported
|
---|
2863 | disk images in the compressed VMDK format (regardless of the
|
---|
2864 | original format) and should have enough disk space left for them.
|
---|
2865 | </para>
|
---|
2866 |
|
---|
2867 | <para>
|
---|
2868 | Beside a simple export of a given virtual machine, you can append
|
---|
2869 | several product information to the appliance file. Use
|
---|
2870 | <computeroutput>--product</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2871 | <computeroutput>--producturl</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2872 | <computeroutput>--vendor</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2873 | <computeroutput>--vendorurl</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2874 | <computeroutput>--version</computeroutput> and
|
---|
2875 | <computeroutput>--description</computeroutput> to specify this
|
---|
2876 | additional information. For legal reasons you may add a license
|
---|
2877 | text or the content of a license file by using the
|
---|
2878 | <computeroutput>--eula</computeroutput> and
|
---|
2879 | <computeroutput>--eulafile</computeroutput> option respectively.
|
---|
2880 | As with OVF import, you must use the <computeroutput>--vsys
|
---|
2881 | X</computeroutput> option to direct the previously mentioned
|
---|
2882 | options to the correct virtual machine.
|
---|
2883 | </para>
|
---|
2884 |
|
---|
2885 | <para>
|
---|
2886 | For virtualization products which are not fully compatible with
|
---|
2887 | the OVF standard 1.0 you can enable an OVF 0.9 legacy mode with
|
---|
2888 | the <computeroutput>--legacy09</computeroutput> option. Other
|
---|
2889 | options are <computeroutput>--ovf09</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2890 | <computeroutput>--ovf10</computeroutput>,
|
---|
2891 | <computeroutput>--ovf20</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2892 | </para>
|
---|
2893 |
|
---|
2894 | <para>
|
---|
2895 | To specify options controlling the exact content of the appliance
|
---|
2896 | file, you can use <computeroutput>--options</computeroutput> to
|
---|
2897 | request the creation of a manifest file, which allows detection of
|
---|
2898 | corrupted appliances on import, the additional export of DVD
|
---|
2899 | images, and the exclusion of MAC addresses. You can specify a list
|
---|
2900 | of options, such as <computeroutput>--options
|
---|
2901 | manifest,nomacs</computeroutput>. For details, check the help
|
---|
2902 | output of <computeroutput>VBoxManage export</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2903 | </para>
|
---|
2904 |
|
---|
2905 | </sect1>
|
---|
2906 |
|
---|
2907 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-startvm">
|
---|
2908 |
|
---|
2909 | <title>VBoxManage startvm</title>
|
---|
2910 |
|
---|
2911 | <para>
|
---|
2912 | This command starts a virtual machine that is currently in the
|
---|
2913 | "Powered off" or "Saved" states.
|
---|
2914 | </para>
|
---|
2915 |
|
---|
2916 | <para>
|
---|
2917 | The optional <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput> specifier
|
---|
2918 | determines whether the machine will be started in a window or
|
---|
2919 | whether the output should go through
|
---|
2920 | <computeroutput>VBoxHeadless</computeroutput>, with VRDE enabled
|
---|
2921 | or not. See <xref linkend="vboxheadless" />. The list of types is
|
---|
2922 | subject to change, and it is not guaranteed that all types are
|
---|
2923 | accepted by any product variant.
|
---|
2924 | </para>
|
---|
2925 |
|
---|
2926 | <para>
|
---|
2927 | The global or per-VM default value for the VM frontend type will
|
---|
2928 | be taken if the type is not explicitly specified. If none of these
|
---|
2929 | are set, the GUI variant will be started.
|
---|
2930 | </para>
|
---|
2931 |
|
---|
2932 | <para>
|
---|
2933 | The following values are allowed:
|
---|
2934 | </para>
|
---|
2935 |
|
---|
2936 | <variablelist>
|
---|
2937 |
|
---|
2938 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2939 | <term>
|
---|
2940 | <computeroutput>gui</computeroutput>
|
---|
2941 | </term>
|
---|
2942 |
|
---|
2943 | <listitem>
|
---|
2944 | <para>
|
---|
2945 | Starts a VM showing a GUI window. This is the default.
|
---|
2946 | </para>
|
---|
2947 | </listitem>
|
---|
2948 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2949 |
|
---|
2950 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2951 | <term>
|
---|
2952 | <computeroutput>headless</computeroutput>
|
---|
2953 | </term>
|
---|
2954 |
|
---|
2955 | <listitem>
|
---|
2956 | <para>
|
---|
2957 | Starts a VM without a window for remote display only.
|
---|
2958 | </para>
|
---|
2959 | </listitem>
|
---|
2960 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2961 |
|
---|
2962 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2963 | <term>
|
---|
2964 | <computeroutput>sdl</computeroutput>
|
---|
2965 | </term>
|
---|
2966 |
|
---|
2967 | <listitem>
|
---|
2968 | <para>
|
---|
2969 | Starts a VM with a minimal GUI and limited features.
|
---|
2970 | </para>
|
---|
2971 | </listitem>
|
---|
2972 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2973 |
|
---|
2974 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2975 | <term>
|
---|
2976 | <computeroutput>separate</computeroutput>
|
---|
2977 | </term>
|
---|
2978 |
|
---|
2979 | <listitem>
|
---|
2980 | <para>
|
---|
2981 | Starts a VM with detachable UI. Technically, it is a
|
---|
2982 | headless VM with user interface in a separate process. This
|
---|
2983 | is an experimental feature as it lacks certain
|
---|
2984 | functionality, such as 3D acceleration, at the moment.
|
---|
2985 | </para>
|
---|
2986 | </listitem>
|
---|
2987 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2988 |
|
---|
2989 | </variablelist>
|
---|
2990 |
|
---|
2991 | <note>
|
---|
2992 | <para>
|
---|
2993 | If you experience problems with starting virtual machines with
|
---|
2994 | particular frontends and there is no conclusive error
|
---|
2995 | information, consider starting virtual machines directly by
|
---|
2996 | running the respective front-end, as this can give additional
|
---|
2997 | error information.
|
---|
2998 | </para>
|
---|
2999 | </note>
|
---|
3000 |
|
---|
3001 | </sect1>
|
---|
3002 |
|
---|
3003 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-controlvm">
|
---|
3004 |
|
---|
3005 | <title>VBoxManage controlvm</title>
|
---|
3006 |
|
---|
3007 | <para>
|
---|
3008 | The <computeroutput>controlvm</computeroutput> subcommand allows
|
---|
3009 | you to change the state of a virtual machine that is currently
|
---|
3010 | running. The following can be specified:
|
---|
3011 | </para>
|
---|
3012 |
|
---|
3013 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3014 |
|
---|
3015 | <listitem>
|
---|
3016 | <para>
|
---|
3017 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm <vm>
|
---|
3018 | pause</computeroutput> temporarily puts a virtual machine on
|
---|
3019 | hold, without changing its state for good. The VM window will
|
---|
3020 | be painted in gray to indicate that the VM is currently
|
---|
3021 | paused. This is equivalent to selecting the "Pause" item in
|
---|
3022 | the "Machine" menu of the GUI.
|
---|
3023 | </para>
|
---|
3024 | </listitem>
|
---|
3025 |
|
---|
3026 | <listitem>
|
---|
3027 | <para>
|
---|
3028 | Use <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm <vm>
|
---|
3029 | resume</computeroutput> to undo a previous
|
---|
3030 | <computeroutput>pause</computeroutput> command. This is
|
---|
3031 | equivalent to selecting the "Resume" item in the "Machine"
|
---|
3032 | menu of the GUI.
|
---|
3033 | </para>
|
---|
3034 | </listitem>
|
---|
3035 |
|
---|
3036 | <listitem>
|
---|
3037 | <para>
|
---|
3038 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm <vm>
|
---|
3039 | reset</computeroutput> has the same effect on a virtual
|
---|
3040 | machine as pressing the "Reset" button on a real computer: a
|
---|
3041 | cold reboot of the virtual machine, which will restart and
|
---|
3042 | boot the guest operating system again immediately. The state
|
---|
3043 | of the VM is not saved beforehand, and data may be lost. This
|
---|
3044 | is equivalent to selecting the "Reset" item in the "Machine"
|
---|
3045 | menu of the GUI.
|
---|
3046 | </para>
|
---|
3047 | </listitem>
|
---|
3048 |
|
---|
3049 | <listitem>
|
---|
3050 | <para>
|
---|
3051 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm <vm>
|
---|
3052 | poweroff</computeroutput> has the same effect on a virtual
|
---|
3053 | machine as pulling the power cable on a real computer. Again,
|
---|
3054 | the state of the VM is not saved beforehand, and data may be
|
---|
3055 | lost. This is equivalent to selecting the "Close" item in the
|
---|
3056 | "Machine" menu of the GUI or pressing the window's close
|
---|
3057 | button, and then selecting "Power off the machine" in the
|
---|
3058 | dialog.
|
---|
3059 | </para>
|
---|
3060 |
|
---|
3061 | <para>
|
---|
3062 | After this, the VM's state will be "Powered off". From there,
|
---|
3063 | it can be started again. See
|
---|
3064 | <xref
|
---|
3065 | linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
3066 | </para>
|
---|
3067 | </listitem>
|
---|
3068 |
|
---|
3069 | <listitem>
|
---|
3070 | <para>
|
---|
3071 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm <vm>
|
---|
3072 | savestate</computeroutput> will save the current state of the
|
---|
3073 | VM to disk and then stop the VM. This is equivalent to
|
---|
3074 | selecting the "Close" item in the "Machine" menu of the GUI or
|
---|
3075 | pressing the window's close button, and then selecting "Save
|
---|
3076 | the machine state" in the dialog.
|
---|
3077 | </para>
|
---|
3078 |
|
---|
3079 | <para>
|
---|
3080 | After this, the VM's state will be "Saved". From there, it can
|
---|
3081 | be started again. See <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
3082 | </para>
|
---|
3083 | </listitem>
|
---|
3084 |
|
---|
3085 | <listitem>
|
---|
3086 | <para>
|
---|
3087 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm <vm>
|
---|
3088 | acpipowerbutton</computeroutput> will send an ACPI shutdown
|
---|
3089 | signal to the VM, as if the power button on a real computer
|
---|
3090 | had been pressed. So long as the VM is running a fairly modern
|
---|
3091 | guest operating system providing ACPI support, this should
|
---|
3092 | trigger a proper shutdown mechanism from within the VM.
|
---|
3093 | </para>
|
---|
3094 | </listitem>
|
---|
3095 |
|
---|
3096 | <listitem>
|
---|
3097 | <para>
|
---|
3098 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm <vm>
|
---|
3099 | keyboardputscancode <hex>
|
---|
3100 | [<hex>...]</computeroutput> Sends commands using
|
---|
3101 | keycodes to the VM. Keycodes are documented in the public
|
---|
3102 | domain, e.g.
|
---|
3103 | http://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/kbd/scancodes-1.html.
|
---|
3104 | </para>
|
---|
3105 | </listitem>
|
---|
3106 |
|
---|
3107 | <listitem>
|
---|
3108 | <para>
|
---|
3109 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" teleport
|
---|
3110 | --hostname <name> --port <port> [--passwordfile
|
---|
3111 | <file> | --password <password>]</computeroutput>
|
---|
3112 | makes the machine the source of a teleporting operation and
|
---|
3113 | initiates a teleport to the given target. See
|
---|
3114 | <xref linkend="teleporting" /> for an introduction. If the
|
---|
3115 | optional password is specified, it must match the password
|
---|
3116 | that was given to the
|
---|
3117 | <computeroutput>modifyvm</computeroutput> command for the
|
---|
3118 | target machine. See
|
---|
3119 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-teleport" />.
|
---|
3120 | </para>
|
---|
3121 | </listitem>
|
---|
3122 |
|
---|
3123 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3124 |
|
---|
3125 | <para>
|
---|
3126 | A few extra options are available with
|
---|
3127 | <computeroutput>controlvm</computeroutput> that do not directly
|
---|
3128 | affect the VM's running state:
|
---|
3129 | </para>
|
---|
3130 |
|
---|
3131 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3132 |
|
---|
3133 | <listitem>
|
---|
3134 | <para>
|
---|
3135 | The <computeroutput>setlinkstate<1-N></computeroutput>
|
---|
3136 | operation connects or disconnects virtual network cables from
|
---|
3137 | their network interfaces.
|
---|
3138 | </para>
|
---|
3139 | </listitem>
|
---|
3140 |
|
---|
3141 | <listitem>
|
---|
3142 | <para>
|
---|
3143 | <computeroutput>nic<1-N>
|
---|
3144 | null|nat|bridged|intnet|hostonly|generic|natnetwork[<devicename>]</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3145 | specifies the type of networking that should be made available
|
---|
3146 | on the specified VM virtual network card. They can be: not
|
---|
3147 | connected to the host (<computeroutput>null</computeroutput>),
|
---|
3148 | use network address translation
|
---|
3149 | (<computeroutput>nat</computeroutput>), bridged networking
|
---|
3150 | (<computeroutput>bridged</computeroutput>) or communicate with
|
---|
3151 | other virtual machines using internal networking
|
---|
3152 | (<computeroutput>intnet</computeroutput>) or host-only
|
---|
3153 | networking (<computeroutput>hostonly</computeroutput>) or
|
---|
3154 | natnetwork networking
|
---|
3155 | (<computeroutput>natnetwork</computeroutput>) or access to
|
---|
3156 | rarely used sub-modes
|
---|
3157 | (<computeroutput>generic</computeroutput>). These options
|
---|
3158 | correspond to the modes which are described in detail in
|
---|
3159 | <xref
|
---|
3160 | linkend="networkingmodes" />.
|
---|
3161 | </para>
|
---|
3162 | </listitem>
|
---|
3163 |
|
---|
3164 | <listitem>
|
---|
3165 | <para>
|
---|
3166 | With the "nictrace" options, you can optionally trace network
|
---|
3167 | traffic by dumping it to a file, for debugging purposes.
|
---|
3168 | </para>
|
---|
3169 |
|
---|
3170 | <para>
|
---|
3171 | With <computeroutput>nictrace<1-N>
|
---|
3172 | on|off</computeroutput>, you can enable network tracing for a
|
---|
3173 | particular virtual network card.
|
---|
3174 | </para>
|
---|
3175 |
|
---|
3176 | <para>
|
---|
3177 | If enabled, you must specify with
|
---|
3178 | <computeroutput>--nictracefile<1-N>
|
---|
3179 | <filename></computeroutput> the pathname of the file to
|
---|
3180 | which the trace should be logged.
|
---|
3181 | </para>
|
---|
3182 | </listitem>
|
---|
3183 |
|
---|
3184 | <listitem>
|
---|
3185 | <para>
|
---|
3186 | <computeroutput>nicpromisc<1-N>
|
---|
3187 | deny|allow-vms|allow-all</computeroutput>: This specifies how
|
---|
3188 | the promiscious mode is handled for the specified VM virtual
|
---|
3189 | network card. This setting is only relevant for bridged
|
---|
3190 | networking. <computeroutput>deny</computeroutput> (default
|
---|
3191 | setting) hides any traffic not intended for this VM.
|
---|
3192 | <computeroutput>allow-vms</computeroutput> hides all host
|
---|
3193 | traffic from this VM but allows the VM to see traffic from/to
|
---|
3194 | other VMs. <computeroutput>allow-all</computeroutput> removes
|
---|
3195 | this restriction completely.
|
---|
3196 | </para>
|
---|
3197 | </listitem>
|
---|
3198 |
|
---|
3199 | <listitem>
|
---|
3200 | <para>
|
---|
3201 | <computeroutput>nicproperty<1-N>
|
---|
3202 | <paramname>="paramvalue"</computeroutput>: This option,
|
---|
3203 | in combination with "nicgenericdrv" enables you to pass
|
---|
3204 | parameters to rarely-used network backends.
|
---|
3205 | </para>
|
---|
3206 |
|
---|
3207 | <para>
|
---|
3208 | Those parameters are backend engine-specific, and are
|
---|
3209 | different between UDP Tunnel and the VDE backend drivers. For
|
---|
3210 | example, please see <xref linkend="network_udp_tunnel" />.
|
---|
3211 | </para>
|
---|
3212 | </listitem>
|
---|
3213 |
|
---|
3214 | <listitem>
|
---|
3215 | <para>
|
---|
3216 | <computeroutput>natpf<1-N>
|
---|
3217 | [<name>],tcp|udp,[<hostip>],<hostport>,[<guestip>],
|
---|
3218 | <guestport></computeroutput>: This option specifies a
|
---|
3219 | NAT port-forwarding rule. See <xref linkend="natforward"/>.
|
---|
3220 | </para>
|
---|
3221 | </listitem>
|
---|
3222 |
|
---|
3223 | <listitem>
|
---|
3224 | <para>
|
---|
3225 | <computeroutput>natpf<1-N> delete
|
---|
3226 | <name></computeroutput>: This option deletes a NAT
|
---|
3227 | port-forwarding rule. See <xref linkend="natforward"/>.
|
---|
3228 | </para>
|
---|
3229 | </listitem>
|
---|
3230 |
|
---|
3231 | <listitem>
|
---|
3232 | <para>
|
---|
3233 | The <computeroutput>guestmemoryballoon<balloon size in
|
---|
3234 | MB></computeroutput> operation changes the size of the
|
---|
3235 | guest memory balloon, that is, memory allocated by the
|
---|
3236 | VirtualBox Guest Additions from the guest operating system and
|
---|
3237 | returned to the hypervisor for re-use by other virtual
|
---|
3238 | machines. This must be specified in megabytes. See
|
---|
3239 | <xref linkend="guestadd-balloon" />.
|
---|
3240 | </para>
|
---|
3241 | </listitem>
|
---|
3242 |
|
---|
3243 | <listitem>
|
---|
3244 | <para>
|
---|
3245 | <computeroutput>usbattach<uuid|address> [--capturefile
|
---|
3246 | <filename>]</computeroutput>
|
---|
3247 | </para>
|
---|
3248 |
|
---|
3249 | <para>
|
---|
3250 | and <computeroutput>usbdetach <uuid|address>
|
---|
3251 | [--capturefile <filename>]</computeroutput> make host
|
---|
3252 | USB devices visible/invisible to the virtual machine on the
|
---|
3253 | fly, without the need for creating filters first. The USB
|
---|
3254 | devices can be specified by UUID (unique identifier) or by
|
---|
3255 | address on the host system. Use the --capturefile option to
|
---|
3256 | specify the absolute path of a file for writing activity
|
---|
3257 | logging data.
|
---|
3258 | </para>
|
---|
3259 |
|
---|
3260 | <para>
|
---|
3261 | You can use <computeroutput>VBoxManage list
|
---|
3262 | usbhost</computeroutput> to locate this information.
|
---|
3263 | </para>
|
---|
3264 | </listitem>
|
---|
3265 |
|
---|
3266 | <listitem>
|
---|
3267 | <para>
|
---|
3268 | <computeroutput>audioin on</computeroutput>: With this
|
---|
3269 | setting, you can select whether capturing audio from the host
|
---|
3270 | is enabled or disabled.
|
---|
3271 | </para>
|
---|
3272 | </listitem>
|
---|
3273 |
|
---|
3274 | <listitem>
|
---|
3275 | <para>
|
---|
3276 | <computeroutput>audioout on</computeroutput>: With this
|
---|
3277 | setting, you can select whether audio playback from the guest
|
---|
3278 | is enabled or disabled.
|
---|
3279 | </para>
|
---|
3280 | </listitem>
|
---|
3281 |
|
---|
3282 | <listitem>
|
---|
3283 | <para>
|
---|
3284 | <computeroutput>clipboard
|
---|
3285 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3286 | With this setting, you can select if and how the guest or host
|
---|
3287 | operating system's clipboard should be shared with the host or
|
---|
3288 | guest. See <xref linkend="generalsettings" />. This requires
|
---|
3289 | that the Guest Additions be installed in the virtual machine.
|
---|
3290 | </para>
|
---|
3291 | </listitem>
|
---|
3292 |
|
---|
3293 | <listitem>
|
---|
3294 | <para>
|
---|
3295 | <computeroutput>draganddrop
|
---|
3296 | disabled|hosttoguest|guesttohost|bidirectional</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3297 | With this setting, you can select the current drag and drop
|
---|
3298 | mode being used between the host and the virtual machine. See
|
---|
3299 | <xref linkend="guestadd-dnd" />. This requires that the Guest
|
---|
3300 | Additions be installed in the virtual machine.
|
---|
3301 | </para>
|
---|
3302 | </listitem>
|
---|
3303 |
|
---|
3304 | <listitem>
|
---|
3305 | <para>
|
---|
3306 | <computeroutput>vrde on|off</computeroutput> lets you enable
|
---|
3307 | or disable the VRDE server, if it is installed.
|
---|
3308 | </para>
|
---|
3309 | </listitem>
|
---|
3310 |
|
---|
3311 | <listitem>
|
---|
3312 | <para>
|
---|
3313 | <computeroutput>vrdeport
|
---|
3314 | default|<ports></computeroutput> changes the port or a
|
---|
3315 | range of ports that the VRDE server can bind to; "default" or
|
---|
3316 | "0" means port 3389, the standard port for RDP. See the
|
---|
3317 | description for the
|
---|
3318 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
3319 | <xref
|
---|
3320 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
3321 | </para>
|
---|
3322 | </listitem>
|
---|
3323 |
|
---|
3324 | <listitem>
|
---|
3325 | <para>
|
---|
3326 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3327 | "TCP/Ports|Address=<value>"</computeroutput> sets the
|
---|
3328 | port number(s) and IP address on the VM to which the VRDE
|
---|
3329 | server can bind.
|
---|
3330 | </para>
|
---|
3331 |
|
---|
3332 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3333 |
|
---|
3334 | <listitem>
|
---|
3335 | <para>
|
---|
3336 | For TCP/Ports, <value> should be a port or a range
|
---|
3337 | of ports to which the VRDE server can bind; "default" or
|
---|
3338 | "0" means port 3389, the standard port for RDP. See the
|
---|
3339 | description for the
|
---|
3340 | <computeroutput>--vrdeport</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
3341 | <xref
|
---|
3342 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
3343 | </para>
|
---|
3344 | </listitem>
|
---|
3345 |
|
---|
3346 | <listitem>
|
---|
3347 | <para>
|
---|
3348 | For TCP/Address, <value> should be the IP address of
|
---|
3349 | the host network interface that the VRDE server will bind
|
---|
3350 | to. If specified, the server will accept connections only
|
---|
3351 | on the specified host network interface. See the
|
---|
3352 | description for the
|
---|
3353 | <computeroutput>--vrdeaddress</computeroutput> option in
|
---|
3354 | <xref
|
---|
3355 | linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm-vrde" />.
|
---|
3356 | </para>
|
---|
3357 | </listitem>
|
---|
3358 |
|
---|
3359 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3360 | </listitem>
|
---|
3361 |
|
---|
3362 | <listitem>
|
---|
3363 | <para>
|
---|
3364 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3365 | "VideoChannel/Enabled|Quality|DownscaleProtection=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3366 | sets the VRDP video redirection properties.
|
---|
3367 | </para>
|
---|
3368 |
|
---|
3369 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3370 |
|
---|
3371 | <listitem>
|
---|
3372 | <para>
|
---|
3373 | For VideoChannel/Enabled, <value> can be set to "1"
|
---|
3374 | switching the VRDP video channel on. See
|
---|
3375 | <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
3376 | </para>
|
---|
3377 | </listitem>
|
---|
3378 |
|
---|
3379 | <listitem>
|
---|
3380 | <para>
|
---|
3381 | For VideoChannel/Quality, <value> should be set
|
---|
3382 | between 10 and 100% inclusive, representing a JPEG
|
---|
3383 | compression level on the VRDE server video channel. Lower
|
---|
3384 | values mean lower quality but higher compression. For
|
---|
3385 | details, see <xref linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
3386 | </para>
|
---|
3387 | </listitem>
|
---|
3388 |
|
---|
3389 | <listitem>
|
---|
3390 | <para>
|
---|
3391 | For VideoChannel/DownscaleProtection, <value> can be
|
---|
3392 | set to "1" to enable the videochannel downscale protection
|
---|
3393 | feature. When enabled, if a video's size equals the shadow
|
---|
3394 | buffer size, then it is regarded as a full screen video,
|
---|
3395 | and is displayed; but if its size is between fullscreen
|
---|
3396 | and the downscale threshold - it is NOT displayed, as it
|
---|
3397 | could be an application window, which would be unreadable
|
---|
3398 | when downscaled. When the downscale protection feature is
|
---|
3399 | disabled, an attempt is always made to display videos.
|
---|
3400 | </para>
|
---|
3401 | </listitem>
|
---|
3402 |
|
---|
3403 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3404 | </listitem>
|
---|
3405 |
|
---|
3406 | <listitem>
|
---|
3407 | <para>
|
---|
3408 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3409 | "Client/DisableDisplay|DisableInput|DisableAudio|DisableUSB=1"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3410 | </para>
|
---|
3411 |
|
---|
3412 | <para>
|
---|
3413 | disables one of the VRDE server features: Display, Input,
|
---|
3414 | Audio or USB respectively. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
3415 | "Client/DisableDisplay=" for example. See
|
---|
3416 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
3417 | </para>
|
---|
3418 | </listitem>
|
---|
3419 |
|
---|
3420 | <listitem>
|
---|
3421 | <para>
|
---|
3422 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3423 | "Client/DisableClipboard|DisableUpstreamAudio=1"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3424 | </para>
|
---|
3425 |
|
---|
3426 | <para>
|
---|
3427 | disables one of the VRDE server features: Clipboard or
|
---|
3428 | UpstreamAudio respectively. To reenable a feature, use
|
---|
3429 | "Client/DisableClipboard=" for example. See
|
---|
3430 | <xref linkend="vrde-customization" />.
|
---|
3431 | </para>
|
---|
3432 | </listitem>
|
---|
3433 |
|
---|
3434 | <listitem>
|
---|
3435 | <para>
|
---|
3436 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3437 | "Client/DisableRDPDR=1"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3438 | </para>
|
---|
3439 |
|
---|
3440 | <para>
|
---|
3441 | disables the VRDE server feature: RDP device redirection for
|
---|
3442 | smart cards. To reenable this feature, use
|
---|
3443 | "Client/DisableRDPR=".
|
---|
3444 | </para>
|
---|
3445 | </listitem>
|
---|
3446 |
|
---|
3447 | <listitem>
|
---|
3448 | <para>
|
---|
3449 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3450 | "H3DRedirect/Enabled=1"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3451 | </para>
|
---|
3452 |
|
---|
3453 | <para>
|
---|
3454 | enables the VRDE server feature: 3D redirection. To disable
|
---|
3455 | this feature, use "H3DRedirect/Enabled=".
|
---|
3456 | </para>
|
---|
3457 | </listitem>
|
---|
3458 |
|
---|
3459 | <listitem>
|
---|
3460 | <para>
|
---|
3461 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3462 | "Security/Method|ServerCertificate|ServerPrivateKey|CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3463 | sets the desired security method/Path of server certificate,
|
---|
3464 | path of server private key, path of CA certificate, used for a
|
---|
3465 | connection.
|
---|
3466 | </para>
|
---|
3467 |
|
---|
3468 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3469 |
|
---|
3470 | <listitem>
|
---|
3471 | <para>
|
---|
3472 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3473 | "Security/Method=<value>"</computeroutput> sets the
|
---|
3474 | desired security method, which is used for a connection.
|
---|
3475 | Valid values are:
|
---|
3476 | </para>
|
---|
3477 |
|
---|
3478 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3479 |
|
---|
3480 | <listitem>
|
---|
3481 | <para>
|
---|
3482 | <computeroutput>Negotiate</computeroutput> - both
|
---|
3483 | Enhanced (TLS) and Standard RDP Security connections
|
---|
3484 | are allowed. The security method is negotiated with
|
---|
3485 | the client. This is the default setting.
|
---|
3486 | </para>
|
---|
3487 | </listitem>
|
---|
3488 |
|
---|
3489 | <listitem>
|
---|
3490 | <para>
|
---|
3491 | <computeroutput>RDP</computeroutput> - only Standard
|
---|
3492 | RDP Security is accepted.
|
---|
3493 | </para>
|
---|
3494 | </listitem>
|
---|
3495 |
|
---|
3496 | <listitem>
|
---|
3497 | <para>
|
---|
3498 | <computeroutput>TLS</computeroutput> - only Enhanced
|
---|
3499 | RDP Security is accepted. The client must support TLS.
|
---|
3500 | </para>
|
---|
3501 | </listitem>
|
---|
3502 |
|
---|
3503 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3504 |
|
---|
3505 | <para>
|
---|
3506 | See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3507 | </para>
|
---|
3508 | </listitem>
|
---|
3509 |
|
---|
3510 | <listitem>
|
---|
3511 | <para>
|
---|
3512 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3513 | "Security/ServerCertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3514 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
3515 | certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3516 | </para>
|
---|
3517 | </listitem>
|
---|
3518 |
|
---|
3519 | <listitem>
|
---|
3520 | <para>
|
---|
3521 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3522 | "Security/ServerPrivateKey=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3523 | where <value> is the absolute path of the server
|
---|
3524 | private key. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3525 | </para>
|
---|
3526 | </listitem>
|
---|
3527 |
|
---|
3528 | <listitem>
|
---|
3529 | <para>
|
---|
3530 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3531 | "Security/CACertificate=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3532 | where <value> is the absolute path of the CA self
|
---|
3533 | signed certificate. See <xref linkend="vrde-crypt" />.
|
---|
3534 | </para>
|
---|
3535 | </listitem>
|
---|
3536 |
|
---|
3537 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3538 | </listitem>
|
---|
3539 |
|
---|
3540 | <listitem>
|
---|
3541 | <para>
|
---|
3542 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3543 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode|LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3544 | sets the Audio connection mode, or Path of the audio logfile.
|
---|
3545 | </para>
|
---|
3546 |
|
---|
3547 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3548 |
|
---|
3549 | <listitem>
|
---|
3550 | <para>
|
---|
3551 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3552 | "Audio/RateCorrectionMode=<value>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
3553 | where <value> is the desired rate correction mode,
|
---|
3554 | allowed values are:
|
---|
3555 | </para>
|
---|
3556 |
|
---|
3557 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3558 |
|
---|
3559 | <listitem>
|
---|
3560 | <para>
|
---|
3561 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_VOID</computeroutput>
|
---|
3562 | - no mode specified, use to unset any Audio mode
|
---|
3563 | already set.
|
---|
3564 | </para>
|
---|
3565 | </listitem>
|
---|
3566 |
|
---|
3567 | <listitem>
|
---|
3568 | <para>
|
---|
3569 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_RC</computeroutput> -
|
---|
3570 | rate correction mode.
|
---|
3571 | </para>
|
---|
3572 | </listitem>
|
---|
3573 |
|
---|
3574 | <listitem>
|
---|
3575 | <para>
|
---|
3576 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_LPF</computeroutput> -
|
---|
3577 | low pass filter mode.
|
---|
3578 | </para>
|
---|
3579 | </listitem>
|
---|
3580 |
|
---|
3581 | <listitem>
|
---|
3582 | <para>
|
---|
3583 | <computeroutput>VRDP_AUDIO_MODE_CS</computeroutput> -
|
---|
3584 | client sync mode to prevent under/overflow of the
|
---|
3585 | client queue.
|
---|
3586 | </para>
|
---|
3587 | </listitem>
|
---|
3588 |
|
---|
3589 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3590 | </listitem>
|
---|
3591 |
|
---|
3592 | <listitem>
|
---|
3593 | <para>
|
---|
3594 | <computeroutput>vrdeproperty
|
---|
3595 | "Audio/LogPath=<value>"</computeroutput> where
|
---|
3596 | <value> is the absolute path of the Audio log file.
|
---|
3597 | </para>
|
---|
3598 | </listitem>
|
---|
3599 |
|
---|
3600 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3601 | </listitem>
|
---|
3602 |
|
---|
3603 | <listitem>
|
---|
3604 | <para>
|
---|
3605 | <computeroutput>vrdevideochannelquality
|
---|
3606 | <percent></computeroutput>: Sets the image quality for
|
---|
3607 | video redirection. See
|
---|
3608 | <xref
|
---|
3609 | linkend="vrde-videochannel" />.
|
---|
3610 | </para>
|
---|
3611 | </listitem>
|
---|
3612 |
|
---|
3613 | <listitem>
|
---|
3614 | <para>
|
---|
3615 | <computeroutput>setvideomodehint</computeroutput> requests
|
---|
3616 | that the guest system change to a particular video mode. This
|
---|
3617 | requires that the Guest Additions be installed, and will not
|
---|
3618 | work for all guest systems.
|
---|
3619 | </para>
|
---|
3620 | </listitem>
|
---|
3621 |
|
---|
3622 | <listitem>
|
---|
3623 | <para>
|
---|
3624 | <computeroutput>screenshotpng</computeroutput> takes a
|
---|
3625 | screenshot of the guest display and saves it in PNG format.
|
---|
3626 | </para>
|
---|
3627 | </listitem>
|
---|
3628 |
|
---|
3629 | <listitem>
|
---|
3630 | <para>
|
---|
3631 | <computeroutput>videocap on|off</computeroutput> enables or
|
---|
3632 | disables recording a VM session into a WebM/VP8 file.
|
---|
3633 | </para>
|
---|
3634 | </listitem>
|
---|
3635 |
|
---|
3636 | <listitem>
|
---|
3637 | <para>
|
---|
3638 | <computeroutput>videocapscreens all|<screen ID>
|
---|
3639 | [<screen ID> ...]]</computeroutput> allows to specify
|
---|
3640 | which screens of the VM are being recorded. This setting
|
---|
3641 | cannot be changed while video capturing is enabled. Each
|
---|
3642 | screen is recorded into a separate file.
|
---|
3643 | </para>
|
---|
3644 | </listitem>
|
---|
3645 |
|
---|
3646 | <listitem>
|
---|
3647 | <para>
|
---|
3648 | <computeroutput>videocapfile <file></computeroutput>
|
---|
3649 | sets the filename VirtualBox uses to save the recorded
|
---|
3650 | content. This setting cannot be changed while video capturing
|
---|
3651 | is enabled.
|
---|
3652 | </para>
|
---|
3653 | </listitem>
|
---|
3654 |
|
---|
3655 | <listitem>
|
---|
3656 | <para>
|
---|
3657 | <computeroutput>videocapres <width>
|
---|
3658 | <height></computeroutput> sets the resolution (in
|
---|
3659 | pixels) of the recorded video. This setting cannot be changed
|
---|
3660 | while video capturing is enabled.
|
---|
3661 | </para>
|
---|
3662 | </listitem>
|
---|
3663 |
|
---|
3664 | <listitem>
|
---|
3665 | <!-- @todo r=andy Clarify rate. -->
|
---|
3666 |
|
---|
3667 | <para>
|
---|
3668 | <computeroutput>videocaprate <rate></computeroutput>
|
---|
3669 | sets the bitrate in kilobits (kb) per second. Increasing this
|
---|
3670 | value makes the video look better for the cost of an increased
|
---|
3671 | file size. This setting cannot be changed while video
|
---|
3672 | capturing is enabled.
|
---|
3673 | </para>
|
---|
3674 | </listitem>
|
---|
3675 |
|
---|
3676 | <listitem>
|
---|
3677 | <para>
|
---|
3678 | <computeroutput>videocapfps <fps></computeroutput> sets
|
---|
3679 | the maximum number of frames per second (FPS) to be recorded.
|
---|
3680 | Frames with a higher frequency will be skipped. Reducing this
|
---|
3681 | value increases the number of skipped frames and reduces the
|
---|
3682 | file size. This setting cannot be changed while video
|
---|
3683 | capturing is enabled.
|
---|
3684 | </para>
|
---|
3685 | </listitem>
|
---|
3686 |
|
---|
3687 | <listitem>
|
---|
3688 | <!-- @todo r=andy Clarify time format. -->
|
---|
3689 |
|
---|
3690 | <para>
|
---|
3691 | <computeroutput>videocapmaxtime <ms></computeroutput>
|
---|
3692 | sets the maximum time in milliseconds the video capturing will
|
---|
3693 | be enabled since activation. The capturing stops when the
|
---|
3694 | defined time interval has elapsed. If this value is zero the
|
---|
3695 | capturing is not limited by time. This setting cannot be
|
---|
3696 | changed while video capturing is enabled.
|
---|
3697 | </para>
|
---|
3698 | </listitem>
|
---|
3699 |
|
---|
3700 | <listitem>
|
---|
3701 | <para>
|
---|
3702 | <computeroutput>videocapmaxsize <MB></computeroutput>
|
---|
3703 | limits the maximum size of the captured video file, in MB. The
|
---|
3704 | capturing stops when the file size has reached the specified
|
---|
3705 | size. If this value is zero the capturing will not be limited
|
---|
3706 | by file size. This setting cannot be changed while video
|
---|
3707 | capturing is enabled.
|
---|
3708 | </para>
|
---|
3709 | </listitem>
|
---|
3710 |
|
---|
3711 | <listitem>
|
---|
3712 | <para>
|
---|
3713 | <computeroutput>videocapopts
|
---|
3714 | <key=value>[,<key=value> ...]</computeroutput> can
|
---|
3715 | be used to specify additional video capturing options. These
|
---|
3716 | options only are for advanced users and must be specified in a
|
---|
3717 | comma-separated key=value format, e.g.
|
---|
3718 | <computeroutput>foo=bar,a=b</computeroutput>. This setting
|
---|
3719 | cannot be changed while video capturing is enabled.
|
---|
3720 | </para>
|
---|
3721 | </listitem>
|
---|
3722 |
|
---|
3723 | <listitem>
|
---|
3724 | <para>
|
---|
3725 | The <computeroutput>setcredentials</computeroutput> operation
|
---|
3726 | is used for remote logons in Windows guests. See
|
---|
3727 | <xref linkend="autologon" />.
|
---|
3728 | </para>
|
---|
3729 | </listitem>
|
---|
3730 |
|
---|
3731 | <listitem>
|
---|
3732 | <para>
|
---|
3733 | <computeroutput>teleport --host <name> --port
|
---|
3734 | <port></computeroutput> can be used to configure a VM as
|
---|
3735 | a target for teleporting. <name> specifies the virtual
|
---|
3736 | machine name. <port> specifies the port on the virtual
|
---|
3737 | machine which should listen for teleporting requests from
|
---|
3738 | other virtual machines. It can be any free TCP/IP port number,
|
---|
3739 | such as 6000. See <xref linkend="teleporting" />.
|
---|
3740 | </para>
|
---|
3741 |
|
---|
3742 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
3743 |
|
---|
3744 | <listitem>
|
---|
3745 | <para>
|
---|
3746 | <computeroutput>--maxdowntime
|
---|
3747 | <msec></computeroutput>: specifies the maximum
|
---|
3748 | downtime (milliseconds) for the teleporting target VM.
|
---|
3749 | Optional.
|
---|
3750 | </para>
|
---|
3751 | </listitem>
|
---|
3752 |
|
---|
3753 | <listitem>
|
---|
3754 | <para>
|
---|
3755 | <computeroutput>--password
|
---|
3756 | <password></computeroutput>: indicates that the
|
---|
3757 | teleporting request will only succeed if the source
|
---|
3758 | machine specifies the same password as the one given with
|
---|
3759 | this command. Optional.
|
---|
3760 | </para>
|
---|
3761 | </listitem>
|
---|
3762 |
|
---|
3763 | <listitem>
|
---|
3764 | <para>
|
---|
3765 | <computeroutput>--passwordfile <password
|
---|
3766 | file></computeroutput>: indicates that the teleporting
|
---|
3767 | request will only succeed if the source machine specifies
|
---|
3768 | the same password as the one specified in the password
|
---|
3769 | file with the path specified with this command. Use
|
---|
3770 | <computeroutput>stdin</computeroutput> to read the
|
---|
3771 | password from stdin. Optional.
|
---|
3772 | </para>
|
---|
3773 | </listitem>
|
---|
3774 |
|
---|
3775 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3776 | </listitem>
|
---|
3777 |
|
---|
3778 | <listitem>
|
---|
3779 | <para>
|
---|
3780 | <computeroutput>plugcpu|unplugcpu <id></computeroutput>:
|
---|
3781 | If CPU hot-plugging is enabled, this adds a virtual CPU to the
|
---|
3782 | virtual machines (or removes one).
|
---|
3783 | <computeroutput><id></computeroutput> specifies the
|
---|
3784 | index of the virtual CPU to be added or removed and must be a
|
---|
3785 | number from 0 to the maximum no. of CPUs configured. CPU 0 can
|
---|
3786 | never be removed.
|
---|
3787 | </para>
|
---|
3788 | </listitem>
|
---|
3789 |
|
---|
3790 | <listitem>
|
---|
3791 | <para>
|
---|
3792 | The <computeroutput>cpuexecutioncap
|
---|
3793 | <1-100></computeroutput>: This operation controls how
|
---|
3794 | much cpu time a virtual CPU can use. A value of 50 implies a
|
---|
3795 | single virtual CPU can use up to 50% of a single host CPU.
|
---|
3796 | </para>
|
---|
3797 | </listitem>
|
---|
3798 |
|
---|
3799 | <listitem>
|
---|
3800 | <para>
|
---|
3801 | <computeroutput>webcam attach <path|alias>
|
---|
3802 | [<key=value>[;<key=value>...]]</computeroutput>:
|
---|
3803 | This operation attaches a webcam to a running VM. Specify the
|
---|
3804 | absolute path of the webcam on the host operating system, or
|
---|
3805 | use its alias, obtained by using the command: VBoxManage list
|
---|
3806 | webcams.
|
---|
3807 | </para>
|
---|
3808 |
|
---|
3809 | <para>
|
---|
3810 | Note that alias '.0' means default video input device on the
|
---|
3811 | host operating system, '.1', '.2', etc. mean first, second,
|
---|
3812 | etc. video input device. The device order is host-specific.
|
---|
3813 | </para>
|
---|
3814 |
|
---|
3815 | <para>
|
---|
3816 | The optional settings parameter is a ';' delimited list of
|
---|
3817 | name/value pairs, enabling configuration of the emulated
|
---|
3818 | webcam device.
|
---|
3819 | </para>
|
---|
3820 |
|
---|
3821 | <para>
|
---|
3822 | The following settings are supported:
|
---|
3823 | </para>
|
---|
3824 |
|
---|
3825 | <para>
|
---|
3826 | MaxFramerate (default no maximum limit) - this specifies the
|
---|
3827 | highest rate (frames/sec) at which video frames are sent to
|
---|
3828 | the guest. Higher frame rates increase CPU load, so this
|
---|
3829 | setting can be useful when there is a need to reduce CPU load.
|
---|
3830 | Its default 'value' is 'no maximum limit', thus enabling the
|
---|
3831 | guest to use all frame rates supported by the host webcam.
|
---|
3832 | </para>
|
---|
3833 |
|
---|
3834 | <para>
|
---|
3835 | MaxPayloadTransferSize (default 3060 bytes) - this specifies
|
---|
3836 | the maximum number of bytes the emulated webcam can send to
|
---|
3837 | the guest in one buffer. The default is used by some webcams.
|
---|
3838 | Higher values can slightly reduce CPU load, if the guest is
|
---|
3839 | able to use larger buffers. Note that higher
|
---|
3840 | MaxPayloadTransferSize values may be not supported by some
|
---|
3841 | guest operating systems.
|
---|
3842 | </para>
|
---|
3843 | </listitem>
|
---|
3844 |
|
---|
3845 | <listitem>
|
---|
3846 | <para>
|
---|
3847 | <computeroutput>webcam detach
|
---|
3848 | <path|alias></computeroutput>: This operation detaches a
|
---|
3849 | webcam from a running VM. Specify the absolute path of the
|
---|
3850 | webcam on the host, or use its alias (obtained from webcam
|
---|
3851 | list below).
|
---|
3852 | </para>
|
---|
3853 |
|
---|
3854 | <para>
|
---|
3855 | Note the points below relating to specific Host Operating
|
---|
3856 | Systems:
|
---|
3857 | </para>
|
---|
3858 |
|
---|
3859 | <para>
|
---|
3860 | Windows hosts
|
---|
3861 | </para>
|
---|
3862 |
|
---|
3863 | <para>
|
---|
3864 | When the webcam device is detached from the host, the emulated
|
---|
3865 | webcam device is automatically detached from the guest.
|
---|
3866 | </para>
|
---|
3867 |
|
---|
3868 | <para>
|
---|
3869 | Mac OS X hosts
|
---|
3870 | </para>
|
---|
3871 |
|
---|
3872 | <para>
|
---|
3873 | OS X version 10.7 or newer is required.
|
---|
3874 | </para>
|
---|
3875 |
|
---|
3876 | <para>
|
---|
3877 | When the webcam device is detached from the host, the emulated
|
---|
3878 | webcam device remains attached to the guest and must be
|
---|
3879 | manually detached using the VBoxManage controlvm "VM name"
|
---|
3880 | webcam detach command.
|
---|
3881 | </para>
|
---|
3882 |
|
---|
3883 | <para>
|
---|
3884 | Linux hosts
|
---|
3885 | </para>
|
---|
3886 |
|
---|
3887 | <para>
|
---|
3888 | When the webcam is detached from the host, the emulated webcam
|
---|
3889 | device is automatically detached from the guest only if the
|
---|
3890 | webcam is streaming video. If the emulated webcam is inactive,
|
---|
3891 | it should be manually detached using the VBoxManage controlvm
|
---|
3892 | "VM name" webcam detach command.
|
---|
3893 | </para>
|
---|
3894 | </listitem>
|
---|
3895 |
|
---|
3896 | <listitem>
|
---|
3897 | <para>
|
---|
3898 | <computeroutput>webcam list</computeroutput>: This operation
|
---|
3899 | lists webcams attached to the running VM. The output is a list
|
---|
3900 | of absolute paths or aliases that were used for attaching the
|
---|
3901 | webcams to the VM using the 'webcam attach' command above.
|
---|
3902 | </para>
|
---|
3903 | </listitem>
|
---|
3904 |
|
---|
3905 | <listitem>
|
---|
3906 | <para>
|
---|
3907 | <computeroutput>addencpassword <id> <password
|
---|
3908 | file>|- [--removeonsuspend
|
---|
3909 | <yes|no>]</computeroutput>: This operation supplies an
|
---|
3910 | encrypted VM specified by <id> with the encryption
|
---|
3911 | password to enable a headless start. Either specify the
|
---|
3912 | absolute path of a password file on the host file system:
|
---|
3913 | <password file>, or use a '-' to instruct VBoxManage to
|
---|
3914 | prompt the user for the encryption password.
|
---|
3915 | </para>
|
---|
3916 |
|
---|
3917 | <para>
|
---|
3918 | <computeroutput>--removeonsuspend
|
---|
3919 | <yes|no></computeroutput> specifies whether to
|
---|
3920 | remove/keep the password from/in VM memory when the VM is
|
---|
3921 | suspended. If the VM has been suspended and the password has
|
---|
3922 | been removed, the user needs to resupply the password before
|
---|
3923 | the VM can be resumed. This feature is useful in cases where
|
---|
3924 | the user does not want the password to be stored in VM memory,
|
---|
3925 | and the VM is suspended by a host suspend event.
|
---|
3926 | </para>
|
---|
3927 |
|
---|
3928 | <para>
|
---|
3929 | Note: On VirtualBox versions 5.0 and later, data stored on
|
---|
3930 | hard disk images can be transparently encrypted for the guest.
|
---|
3931 | VirtualBox uses the AES algorithm in XTS mode and supports 128
|
---|
3932 | or 256 bit data encryption keys (DEK). The DEK is stored
|
---|
3933 | encrypted in the medium properties, and is decrypted during VM
|
---|
3934 | startup by supplying the encryption password.
|
---|
3935 | </para>
|
---|
3936 |
|
---|
3937 | <para>
|
---|
3938 | The "VBoxManage encryptmedium" operation is used to create a
|
---|
3939 | DEK encrypted medium. See
|
---|
3940 | <xref linkend="diskencryption-encryption" />. When starting an
|
---|
3941 | encrypted VM from a VirtualBox GUI app, the user will be
|
---|
3942 | prompted for the encryption password.
|
---|
3943 | </para>
|
---|
3944 |
|
---|
3945 | <para>
|
---|
3946 | For a headless encrypted VM start, use:
|
---|
3947 | </para>
|
---|
3948 |
|
---|
3949 | <screen>
|
---|
3950 | VBoxManage startvm "vmname" --type headless
|
---|
3951 | </screen>
|
---|
3952 |
|
---|
3953 | <para>
|
---|
3954 | followed by:
|
---|
3955 | </para>
|
---|
3956 |
|
---|
3957 | <screen>
|
---|
3958 | VBoxManage "vmname" controlvm "vmname" addencpassword ...
|
---|
3959 | </screen>
|
---|
3960 |
|
---|
3961 | <para>
|
---|
3962 | to supply the encryption password required.
|
---|
3963 | </para>
|
---|
3964 | </listitem>
|
---|
3965 |
|
---|
3966 | <listitem>
|
---|
3967 | <para>
|
---|
3968 | <computeroutput>removeencpassword <id></computeroutput>:
|
---|
3969 | This operation removes encryption password authorization for
|
---|
3970 | password <id> for all encrypted media attached to the
|
---|
3971 | VM.
|
---|
3972 | </para>
|
---|
3973 | </listitem>
|
---|
3974 |
|
---|
3975 | <listitem>
|
---|
3976 | <para>
|
---|
3977 | <computeroutput>removeallencpasswords</computeroutput>: This
|
---|
3978 | operation removes encryption password authorization for all
|
---|
3979 | passwords for all encrypted media attached to the VM.
|
---|
3980 | </para>
|
---|
3981 | </listitem>
|
---|
3982 |
|
---|
3983 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
3984 |
|
---|
3985 | </sect1>
|
---|
3986 |
|
---|
3987 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-discardstate">
|
---|
3988 |
|
---|
3989 | <title>VBoxManage discardstate</title>
|
---|
3990 |
|
---|
3991 | <para>
|
---|
3992 | This command discards the saved state of a virtual machine which
|
---|
3993 | is not currently running, which will cause its operating system to
|
---|
3994 | restart next time you start it. This is the equivalent of pulling
|
---|
3995 | out the power cable on a physical machine, and should be avoided
|
---|
3996 | if possible.
|
---|
3997 | </para>
|
---|
3998 |
|
---|
3999 | </sect1>
|
---|
4000 |
|
---|
4001 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-adoptstate">
|
---|
4002 |
|
---|
4003 | <title>VBoxManage adoptstate</title>
|
---|
4004 |
|
---|
4005 | <para>
|
---|
4006 | If you have a saved state file
|
---|
4007 | (<computeroutput>.sav</computeroutput>) that is separate from the
|
---|
4008 | VM configuration, you can use this command to "adopt" the file.
|
---|
4009 | This will change the VM to saved state and when you start it,
|
---|
4010 | VirtualBox will attempt to restore it from the saved state file
|
---|
4011 | you indicated. This command should only be used in special setups.
|
---|
4012 | </para>
|
---|
4013 |
|
---|
4014 | </sect1>
|
---|
4015 |
|
---|
4016 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-snapshot">
|
---|
4017 |
|
---|
4018 | <title>VBoxManage snapshot</title>
|
---|
4019 |
|
---|
4020 | <para>
|
---|
4021 | This command is used to control snapshots from the command line. A
|
---|
4022 | snapshot consists of a complete copy of the virtual machine
|
---|
4023 | settings, copied at the time when the snapshot was taken, and
|
---|
4024 | optionally a virtual machine saved state file if the snapshot was
|
---|
4025 | taken while the machine was running. After a snapshot has been
|
---|
4026 | taken, VirtualBox creates differencing hard disk for each normal
|
---|
4027 | hard disk associated with the machine so that when a snapshot is
|
---|
4028 | restored, the contents of the virtual machine's virtual hard disks
|
---|
4029 | can be quickly reset by simply dropping the pre-existing
|
---|
4030 | differencing files.
|
---|
4031 | </para>
|
---|
4032 |
|
---|
4033 | <screen>VBoxManage snapshot <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
4034 | take <name> [--description <desc>] [--live]
|
---|
4035 | [--uniquename Number,Timestamp,Space,Force] |
|
---|
4036 | delete <uuid|snapname> |
|
---|
4037 | restore <uuid|snapname> |
|
---|
4038 | restorecurrent |
|
---|
4039 | edit <uuid|snapname>|--current
|
---|
4040 | [--name <name>]
|
---|
4041 | [--description <desc>] |
|
---|
4042 | list [--details|--machinereadable]
|
---|
4043 | showvminfo <uuid|snapname></screen>
|
---|
4044 |
|
---|
4045 | <para>
|
---|
4046 | The <computeroutput>take</computeroutput> operation takes a
|
---|
4047 | snapshot of the current state of the virtual machine. You must
|
---|
4048 | supply a name for the snapshot and can optionally supply a
|
---|
4049 | description. The new snapshot is inserted into the snapshots tree
|
---|
4050 | as a child of the current snapshot and then becomes the new
|
---|
4051 | current snapshot. The
|
---|
4052 | <computeroutput>--description</computeroutput> parameter allows to
|
---|
4053 | describe the snapshot. If <computeroutput>--live</computeroutput>
|
---|
4054 | is specified, the VM will not be stopped during the snapshot
|
---|
4055 | creation (live snapshotting).
|
---|
4056 | </para>
|
---|
4057 |
|
---|
4058 | <para>
|
---|
4059 | The <computeroutput>delete</computeroutput> operation deletes a
|
---|
4060 | snapshot (specified by name or by UUID). This can take a while to
|
---|
4061 | finish since the differencing images associated with the snapshot
|
---|
4062 | might need to be merged with their child differencing images.
|
---|
4063 | </para>
|
---|
4064 |
|
---|
4065 | <para>
|
---|
4066 | The <computeroutput>restore</computeroutput> operation will
|
---|
4067 | restore the given snapshot (specified by name or by UUID) by
|
---|
4068 | resetting the virtual machine's settings and current state to that
|
---|
4069 | of the snapshot. The previous current state of the machine will be
|
---|
4070 | lost. After this, the given snapshot becomes the new "current"
|
---|
4071 | snapshot so that subsequent snapshots are inserted under the
|
---|
4072 | snapshot from which was restored.
|
---|
4073 | </para>
|
---|
4074 |
|
---|
4075 | <para>
|
---|
4076 | The <computeroutput>restorecurrent</computeroutput> operation is a
|
---|
4077 | shortcut to restore the current snapshot (i.e. the snapshot from
|
---|
4078 | which the current state is derived). This subcommand is equivalent
|
---|
4079 | to using the "restore" subcommand with the name or UUID of the
|
---|
4080 | current snapshot, except that it avoids the extra step of
|
---|
4081 | determining that name or UUID.
|
---|
4082 | </para>
|
---|
4083 |
|
---|
4084 | <para>
|
---|
4085 | With the <computeroutput>edit</computeroutput> operation, you can
|
---|
4086 | change the name or description of an existing snapshot.
|
---|
4087 | </para>
|
---|
4088 |
|
---|
4089 | <para>
|
---|
4090 | The <computeroutput>list</computeroutput> operation shows all
|
---|
4091 | snapshots of a virtual machine.
|
---|
4092 | </para>
|
---|
4093 |
|
---|
4094 | <para>
|
---|
4095 | With the <computeroutput>showvminfo</computeroutput> operation,
|
---|
4096 | you can view the virtual machine settings that were stored with an
|
---|
4097 | existing snapshot.
|
---|
4098 | </para>
|
---|
4099 |
|
---|
4100 | </sect1>
|
---|
4101 |
|
---|
4102 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-closemedium">
|
---|
4103 |
|
---|
4104 | <title>VBoxManage closemedium</title>
|
---|
4105 |
|
---|
4106 | <para>
|
---|
4107 | This command removes a hard disk, DVD, or floppy image from a
|
---|
4108 | VirtualBox media registry.
|
---|
4109 |
|
---|
4110 | <footnote>
|
---|
4111 |
|
---|
4112 | <para>
|
---|
4113 | Before VirtualBox 4.0, it was necessary to call VBoxManage
|
---|
4114 | openmedium before a medium could be attached to a virtual
|
---|
4115 | machine; that call "registered" the medium with the global
|
---|
4116 | VirtualBox media registry. With VirtualBox 4.0 this is no
|
---|
4117 | longer necessary; media are added to media registries
|
---|
4118 | automatically. The "closemedium" call has been retained,
|
---|
4119 | however, to allow for explicitly removing a medium from a
|
---|
4120 | registry.
|
---|
4121 | </para>
|
---|
4122 |
|
---|
4123 | </footnote>
|
---|
4124 | </para>
|
---|
4125 |
|
---|
4126 | <screen>VBoxManage closemedium [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|filename>
|
---|
4127 | [--delete]</screen>
|
---|
4128 |
|
---|
4129 | <para>
|
---|
4130 | Optionally, you can request that the image be deleted. You will
|
---|
4131 | get appropriate diagnostics that the deletion failed, however the
|
---|
4132 | image will become unregistered in any case.
|
---|
4133 | </para>
|
---|
4134 |
|
---|
4135 | </sect1>
|
---|
4136 |
|
---|
4137 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-storageattach">
|
---|
4138 |
|
---|
4139 | <title>VBoxManage storageattach</title>
|
---|
4140 |
|
---|
4141 | <para>
|
---|
4142 | This command attaches/modifies/removes a storage medium connected
|
---|
4143 | to a storage controller that was previously added with the
|
---|
4144 | <computeroutput>storagectl</computeroutput> command. The syntax is
|
---|
4145 | as follows:
|
---|
4146 | </para>
|
---|
4147 |
|
---|
4148 | <screen>VBoxManage storageattach <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
4149 | --storagectl <name>
|
---|
4150 | [--port <number>]
|
---|
4151 | [--device <number>]
|
---|
4152 | [--type dvddrive|hdd|fdd]
|
---|
4153 | [--medium none|emptydrive|additions|
|
---|
4154 | <uuid>|<filename>|host:<drive>|iscsi]
|
---|
4155 | [--mtype normal|writethrough|immutable|shareable
|
---|
4156 | readonly|multiattach]
|
---|
4157 | [--comment <text>]
|
---|
4158 | [--setuuid <uuid>]
|
---|
4159 | [--setparentuuid <uuid>]
|
---|
4160 | [--passthrough on|off]
|
---|
4161 | [--tempeject on|off]
|
---|
4162 | [--nonrotational on|off]
|
---|
4163 | [--discard on|off]
|
---|
4164 | [--hotpluggable on|off]
|
---|
4165 | [--bandwidthgroup name|none]
|
---|
4166 | [--forceunmount]
|
---|
4167 | [--server <name>|<ip>]
|
---|
4168 | [--target <target>]
|
---|
4169 | [--tport <port>]
|
---|
4170 | [--lun <lun>]
|
---|
4171 | [--encodedlun <lun>]
|
---|
4172 | [--username <username>]
|
---|
4173 | [--password <password>]
|
---|
4174 | [--passwordfile <file>]
|
---|
4175 | [--initiator <initiator>]
|
---|
4176 | [--intnet]</screen>
|
---|
4177 |
|
---|
4178 | <para>
|
---|
4179 | A number of parameters are commonly required. The ones at the end
|
---|
4180 | of the list are required only for iSCSI targets, as described
|
---|
4181 | below.
|
---|
4182 | </para>
|
---|
4183 |
|
---|
4184 | <para>
|
---|
4185 | The common parameters are:
|
---|
4186 | </para>
|
---|
4187 |
|
---|
4188 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4189 |
|
---|
4190 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4191 | <term>
|
---|
4192 | <computeroutput>uuid|vmname</computeroutput>
|
---|
4193 | </term>
|
---|
4194 |
|
---|
4195 | <listitem>
|
---|
4196 | <para>
|
---|
4197 | The VM UUID or VM Name. Mandatory.
|
---|
4198 | </para>
|
---|
4199 | </listitem>
|
---|
4200 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4201 |
|
---|
4202 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4203 | <term>
|
---|
4204 | <computeroutput>--storagectl</computeroutput>
|
---|
4205 | </term>
|
---|
4206 |
|
---|
4207 | <listitem>
|
---|
4208 | <para>
|
---|
4209 | Name of the storage controller. Mandatory. The list of the
|
---|
4210 | storage controllers currently attached to a VM can be
|
---|
4211 | obtained with <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
4212 | showvminfo</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
4213 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-showvminfo" />.
|
---|
4214 | </para>
|
---|
4215 | </listitem>
|
---|
4216 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4217 |
|
---|
4218 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4219 | <term>
|
---|
4220 | <computeroutput>--port</computeroutput>
|
---|
4221 | </term>
|
---|
4222 |
|
---|
4223 | <listitem>
|
---|
4224 | <para>
|
---|
4225 | The number of the storage controller's port which is to be
|
---|
4226 | modified. Mandatory, unless the storage controller has only
|
---|
4227 | a single port.
|
---|
4228 | </para>
|
---|
4229 | </listitem>
|
---|
4230 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4231 |
|
---|
4232 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4233 | <term>
|
---|
4234 | <computeroutput>--device</computeroutput>
|
---|
4235 | </term>
|
---|
4236 |
|
---|
4237 | <listitem>
|
---|
4238 | <para>
|
---|
4239 | The number of the port's device which is to be modified.
|
---|
4240 | Mandatory, unless the storage controller has only a single
|
---|
4241 | device per port.
|
---|
4242 | </para>
|
---|
4243 | </listitem>
|
---|
4244 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4245 |
|
---|
4246 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4247 | <term>
|
---|
4248 | <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput>
|
---|
4249 | </term>
|
---|
4250 |
|
---|
4251 | <listitem>
|
---|
4252 | <para>
|
---|
4253 | Define the type of the drive to which the medium is being
|
---|
4254 | attached/detached/modified. This argument can only be
|
---|
4255 | omitted if the type of medium can be determined from either
|
---|
4256 | the medium given with the
|
---|
4257 | <computeroutput>--medium</computeroutput> argument or from a
|
---|
4258 | previous medium attachment.
|
---|
4259 | </para>
|
---|
4260 | </listitem>
|
---|
4261 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4262 |
|
---|
4263 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4264 | <term>
|
---|
4265 | <computeroutput>--medium</computeroutput>
|
---|
4266 | </term>
|
---|
4267 |
|
---|
4268 | <listitem>
|
---|
4269 | <para>
|
---|
4270 | Specifies what is to be attached. The following values are
|
---|
4271 | supported:
|
---|
4272 | </para>
|
---|
4273 |
|
---|
4274 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4275 |
|
---|
4276 | <listitem>
|
---|
4277 | <para>
|
---|
4278 | "none": Any existing device should be removed from the
|
---|
4279 | given slot.
|
---|
4280 | </para>
|
---|
4281 | </listitem>
|
---|
4282 |
|
---|
4283 | <listitem>
|
---|
4284 | <para>
|
---|
4285 | "emptydrive": For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only,
|
---|
4286 | this makes the device slot behaves like a removeable
|
---|
4287 | drive into which no media has been inserted.
|
---|
4288 | </para>
|
---|
4289 | </listitem>
|
---|
4290 |
|
---|
4291 | <listitem>
|
---|
4292 | <para>
|
---|
4293 | "additions": For a virtual DVD drive only, this attaches
|
---|
4294 | the <emphasis>VirtualBox Guest Additions</emphasis>
|
---|
4295 | image to the given device slot.
|
---|
4296 | </para>
|
---|
4297 | </listitem>
|
---|
4298 |
|
---|
4299 | <listitem>
|
---|
4300 | <para>
|
---|
4301 | If a UUID is specified, it must be the UUID of a storage
|
---|
4302 | medium that is already known to VirtualBox (e.g. because
|
---|
4303 | it has been attached to another virtual machine). See
|
---|
4304 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" /> for how to list known
|
---|
4305 | media. This medium is then attached to the given device
|
---|
4306 | slot.
|
---|
4307 | </para>
|
---|
4308 | </listitem>
|
---|
4309 |
|
---|
4310 | <listitem>
|
---|
4311 | <para>
|
---|
4312 | If a filename is specified, it must be the full path of
|
---|
4313 | an existing disk image (ISO, RAW, VDI, VMDK or other),
|
---|
4314 | which is then attached to the given device slot.
|
---|
4315 | </para>
|
---|
4316 | </listitem>
|
---|
4317 |
|
---|
4318 | <listitem>
|
---|
4319 | <para>
|
---|
4320 | "host:<drive>": For a virtual DVD or floppy drive
|
---|
4321 | only, this connects the given device slot to the
|
---|
4322 | specified DVD or floppy drive on the host computer.
|
---|
4323 | </para>
|
---|
4324 | </listitem>
|
---|
4325 |
|
---|
4326 | <listitem>
|
---|
4327 | <para>
|
---|
4328 | "iscsi": For virtual hard disks only, this allows for
|
---|
4329 | specifying an iSCSI target. In this case, more
|
---|
4330 | parameters must be given. See the description below.
|
---|
4331 | </para>
|
---|
4332 | </listitem>
|
---|
4333 |
|
---|
4334 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4335 |
|
---|
4336 | <para>
|
---|
4337 | Some of the above changes, in particular for removeable
|
---|
4338 | media (floppies and CDs/DVDs), can be effected while a VM is
|
---|
4339 | running. Others, such as device changes or changes in hard
|
---|
4340 | disk device slots, require the VM to be powered off.
|
---|
4341 | </para>
|
---|
4342 | </listitem>
|
---|
4343 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4344 |
|
---|
4345 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4346 | <term>
|
---|
4347 | <computeroutput>--mtype</computeroutput>
|
---|
4348 | </term>
|
---|
4349 |
|
---|
4350 | <listitem>
|
---|
4351 | <para>
|
---|
4352 | Defines how this medium behaves with respect to snapshots
|
---|
4353 | and write operations. See <xref linkend="hdimagewrites" />
|
---|
4354 | for details.
|
---|
4355 | </para>
|
---|
4356 | </listitem>
|
---|
4357 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4358 |
|
---|
4359 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4360 | <term>
|
---|
4361 | <computeroutput>--comment</computeroutput>
|
---|
4362 | </term>
|
---|
4363 |
|
---|
4364 | <listitem>
|
---|
4365 | <para>
|
---|
4366 | An optional description that you want to have stored with
|
---|
4367 | this medium. For example, for an iSCSI target, "Big storage
|
---|
4368 | server downstairs". This is purely descriptive and not
|
---|
4369 | needed for the medium to function correctly.
|
---|
4370 | </para>
|
---|
4371 | </listitem>
|
---|
4372 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4373 |
|
---|
4374 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4375 | <term>
|
---|
4376 | <computeroutput>--setuuid, --setparentuuid</computeroutput>
|
---|
4377 | </term>
|
---|
4378 |
|
---|
4379 | <listitem>
|
---|
4380 | <para>
|
---|
4381 | Modifies the UUID or parent UUID of a medium before
|
---|
4382 | attaching it to a VM. This is an expert option.
|
---|
4383 | Inappropriate use can make the medium unusable or lead to
|
---|
4384 | broken VM configurations if any other VM is referring to the
|
---|
4385 | same media already. The most frequently used variant is
|
---|
4386 | <code>--setuuid ""</code>, which assigns a new (random) UUID
|
---|
4387 | to an image. This is useful to resolve the duplicate UUID
|
---|
4388 | errors if one duplicated an image using file copy utilities.
|
---|
4389 | </para>
|
---|
4390 | </listitem>
|
---|
4391 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4392 |
|
---|
4393 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4394 | <term>
|
---|
4395 | <computeroutput>--passthrough</computeroutput>
|
---|
4396 | </term>
|
---|
4397 |
|
---|
4398 | <listitem>
|
---|
4399 | <para>
|
---|
4400 | For a virtual DVD drive only, you can enable DVD writing
|
---|
4401 | support. This feature is currently experimental, see
|
---|
4402 | <xref
|
---|
4403 | linkend="storage-cds" />.
|
---|
4404 | </para>
|
---|
4405 | </listitem>
|
---|
4406 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4407 |
|
---|
4408 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4409 | <term>
|
---|
4410 | <computeroutput>--tempeject</computeroutput>
|
---|
4411 | </term>
|
---|
4412 |
|
---|
4413 | <listitem>
|
---|
4414 | <para>
|
---|
4415 | For a virtual DVD drive only, you can configure the behavior
|
---|
4416 | for guest-triggered medium eject. If this is set to "on",
|
---|
4417 | the eject has only temporary effects. If the VM is powered
|
---|
4418 | off and restarted the originally configured medium will be
|
---|
4419 | still in the drive.
|
---|
4420 | </para>
|
---|
4421 | </listitem>
|
---|
4422 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4423 |
|
---|
4424 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4425 | <term>
|
---|
4426 | <computeroutput>--nonrotational</computeroutput>
|
---|
4427 | </term>
|
---|
4428 |
|
---|
4429 | <listitem>
|
---|
4430 | <para>
|
---|
4431 | This switch allows to enable the non-rotational flag for
|
---|
4432 | virtual hard disks. Some guests (i.e. Windows 7+) treat such
|
---|
4433 | disks like SSDs and do not perform disk fragmentation on
|
---|
4434 | such media.
|
---|
4435 | </para>
|
---|
4436 | </listitem>
|
---|
4437 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4438 |
|
---|
4439 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4440 | <term>
|
---|
4441 | <computeroutput>--discard</computeroutput>
|
---|
4442 | </term>
|
---|
4443 |
|
---|
4444 | <listitem>
|
---|
4445 | <para>
|
---|
4446 | This switch enables the auto-discard feature for the virtual
|
---|
4447 | hard disks. This specifies that a VDI image will be shrunk
|
---|
4448 | in response to the trim command from the guest OS. The
|
---|
4449 | following requirements must be met:
|
---|
4450 | </para>
|
---|
4451 |
|
---|
4452 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4453 |
|
---|
4454 | <listitem>
|
---|
4455 | <para>
|
---|
4456 | The disk format must be VDI.
|
---|
4457 | </para>
|
---|
4458 | </listitem>
|
---|
4459 |
|
---|
4460 | <listitem>
|
---|
4461 | <para>
|
---|
4462 | The size of the cleared area must be at least 1MB.
|
---|
4463 | </para>
|
---|
4464 | </listitem>
|
---|
4465 |
|
---|
4466 | <listitem>
|
---|
4467 | <para>
|
---|
4468 | VirtualBox will only trim whole 1 MB blocks. The VDIs
|
---|
4469 | themselves are organized into 1 MB blocks, so this will
|
---|
4470 | only work if the space being TRIM-ed is at least a 1 MB
|
---|
4471 | contiguous block at a 1 MB boundary. On Windows,
|
---|
4472 | occasional defrag (with "defrag.exe /D"), or under Linux
|
---|
4473 | running "btrfs filesystem defrag" as a background cron
|
---|
4474 | job may be beneficial.
|
---|
4475 | </para>
|
---|
4476 | </listitem>
|
---|
4477 |
|
---|
4478 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4479 |
|
---|
4480 | <para>
|
---|
4481 | Notes: the Guest OS must be configured to issue trim
|
---|
4482 | command, and typically this means that the guest OS is made
|
---|
4483 | to 'see' the disk as an SSD. Ext4 supports -o discard mount
|
---|
4484 | flag; OSX probably requires additional settings. Windows
|
---|
4485 | ought to automatically detect and support SSDs - at least in
|
---|
4486 | versions 7, 8 and 10. Linux exFAT driver (courtesy of
|
---|
4487 | Samsung) supports the trim command.
|
---|
4488 | </para>
|
---|
4489 |
|
---|
4490 | <para>
|
---|
4491 | It is unclear whether Microsoft's implementation of exFAT
|
---|
4492 | supports this feature, even though that file system was
|
---|
4493 | originally designed for flash.
|
---|
4494 | </para>
|
---|
4495 |
|
---|
4496 | <para>
|
---|
4497 | Alternatively, there are ad hoc methods to issue trim, e.g.
|
---|
4498 | Linux fstrim command, part of util-linux package. Earlier
|
---|
4499 | solutions required a user to zero out unused areas, e.g.
|
---|
4500 | using zerofree, and explicitly compact the disk - only
|
---|
4501 | possible when the VM is offline.
|
---|
4502 | </para>
|
---|
4503 | </listitem>
|
---|
4504 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4505 |
|
---|
4506 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4507 | <term>
|
---|
4508 | <computeroutput>--bandwidthgroup</computeroutput>
|
---|
4509 | </term>
|
---|
4510 |
|
---|
4511 | <listitem>
|
---|
4512 | <para>
|
---|
4513 | Sets the bandwidth group to use for the given device. See
|
---|
4514 | <xref linkend="storage-bandwidth-limit" />.
|
---|
4515 | </para>
|
---|
4516 | </listitem>
|
---|
4517 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4518 |
|
---|
4519 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4520 | <term>
|
---|
4521 | <computeroutput>--forceunmount</computeroutput>
|
---|
4522 | </term>
|
---|
4523 |
|
---|
4524 | <listitem>
|
---|
4525 | <para>
|
---|
4526 | For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only, this forcibly
|
---|
4527 | unmounts the DVD/CD/Floppy or mounts a new DVD/CD/Floppy
|
---|
4528 | even if the previous one is locked down by the guest for
|
---|
4529 | reading. Again, see <xref linkend="storage-cds" /> for
|
---|
4530 | details.
|
---|
4531 | </para>
|
---|
4532 | </listitem>
|
---|
4533 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4534 |
|
---|
4535 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4536 |
|
---|
4537 | <para>
|
---|
4538 | When "iscsi" is used with the
|
---|
4539 | <computeroutput>--medium</computeroutput> parameter for iSCSI
|
---|
4540 | support, additional parameters must or can be used. See also
|
---|
4541 | <xref linkend="storage-iscsi" />.
|
---|
4542 | </para>
|
---|
4543 |
|
---|
4544 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4545 |
|
---|
4546 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4547 | <term>
|
---|
4548 | <computeroutput>--server</computeroutput>
|
---|
4549 | </term>
|
---|
4550 |
|
---|
4551 | <listitem>
|
---|
4552 | <para>
|
---|
4553 | The host name or IP address of the iSCSI target; required.
|
---|
4554 | </para>
|
---|
4555 | </listitem>
|
---|
4556 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4557 |
|
---|
4558 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4559 | <term>
|
---|
4560 | <computeroutput>--target</computeroutput>
|
---|
4561 | </term>
|
---|
4562 |
|
---|
4563 | <listitem>
|
---|
4564 | <para>
|
---|
4565 | Target name string. This is determined by the iSCSI target
|
---|
4566 | and used to identify the storage resource; required.
|
---|
4567 | </para>
|
---|
4568 | </listitem>
|
---|
4569 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4570 |
|
---|
4571 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4572 | <term>
|
---|
4573 | <computeroutput>--tport</computeroutput>
|
---|
4574 | </term>
|
---|
4575 |
|
---|
4576 | <listitem>
|
---|
4577 | <para>
|
---|
4578 | TCP/IP port number of the iSCSI service on the target.
|
---|
4579 | Optional.
|
---|
4580 | </para>
|
---|
4581 | </listitem>
|
---|
4582 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4583 |
|
---|
4584 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4585 | <term>
|
---|
4586 | <computeroutput>--lun</computeroutput>
|
---|
4587 | </term>
|
---|
4588 |
|
---|
4589 | <listitem>
|
---|
4590 | <para>
|
---|
4591 | Logical Unit Number of the target resource. Optional. Often,
|
---|
4592 | this value is zero.
|
---|
4593 | </para>
|
---|
4594 | </listitem>
|
---|
4595 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4596 |
|
---|
4597 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4598 | <term>
|
---|
4599 | <computeroutput>--encodedlun</computeroutput>
|
---|
4600 | </term>
|
---|
4601 |
|
---|
4602 | <listitem>
|
---|
4603 | <para>
|
---|
4604 | Hex encoded Logical Unit Number of the target resource.
|
---|
4605 | Optional. Often, this value is zero.
|
---|
4606 | </para>
|
---|
4607 | </listitem>
|
---|
4608 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4609 |
|
---|
4610 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4611 | <term>
|
---|
4612 | <computeroutput>--username, --password,
|
---|
4613 | --passwordfile</computeroutput>
|
---|
4614 | </term>
|
---|
4615 |
|
---|
4616 | <listitem>
|
---|
4617 | <para>
|
---|
4618 | Username and password (initiator secret) for target
|
---|
4619 | authentication, if required. Optional.
|
---|
4620 |
|
---|
4621 | <note>
|
---|
4622 | <para>
|
---|
4623 | Username and password are stored without encryption, in
|
---|
4624 | clear text, in the XML machine configuration file if no
|
---|
4625 | settings password is provided. When a settings password
|
---|
4626 | was specified the first time, the password is stored
|
---|
4627 | encrypted. Alternatively to providing the password on
|
---|
4628 | the command line, a reference to a file containing the
|
---|
4629 | text can be provided instead via the passwordfile
|
---|
4630 | option.
|
---|
4631 | </para>
|
---|
4632 | </note>
|
---|
4633 | </para>
|
---|
4634 | </listitem>
|
---|
4635 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4636 |
|
---|
4637 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4638 | <term>
|
---|
4639 | <computeroutput>--initiator</computeroutput>
|
---|
4640 | </term>
|
---|
4641 |
|
---|
4642 | <listitem>
|
---|
4643 | <para>
|
---|
4644 | iSCSI Initiator (optional).
|
---|
4645 | </para>
|
---|
4646 |
|
---|
4647 | <para>
|
---|
4648 | Note: Microsoft iSCSI Initiator is a system, such as a
|
---|
4649 | server that attaches to an IP network and initiates requests
|
---|
4650 | and receives responses from an iSCSI target. The SAN
|
---|
4651 | components in Microsoft iSCSI Initiator are largely
|
---|
4652 | analogous to Fibre Channel SAN components, and they include
|
---|
4653 | the following:
|
---|
4654 | </para>
|
---|
4655 |
|
---|
4656 | <para>
|
---|
4657 | To transport blocks of iSCSI commands over the IP network,
|
---|
4658 | an iSCSI driver must be installed on the iSCSI host. An
|
---|
4659 | iSCSI driver is included with Microsoft iSCSI Initiator.
|
---|
4660 | </para>
|
---|
4661 |
|
---|
4662 | <para>
|
---|
4663 | A gigabit Ethernet adapter that transmits 1000 megabits per
|
---|
4664 | second (Mbps) is recommended for the connection to an iSCSI
|
---|
4665 | target. Like standard 10/100 adapters, most gigabit adapters
|
---|
4666 | use a pre-existing Category 5 or Category 6E cable. Each
|
---|
4667 | port on the adapter is identified by a unique IP address.
|
---|
4668 | </para>
|
---|
4669 |
|
---|
4670 | <para>
|
---|
4671 | An iSCSI target is any device that receives iSCSI commands.
|
---|
4672 | The device can be an end node, such as a storage device, or
|
---|
4673 | it can be an intermediate device, such as a network bridge
|
---|
4674 | between IP and Fibre Channel devices. Each port on the
|
---|
4675 | storage array controller or network bridge is identified by
|
---|
4676 | one or more IP addresses
|
---|
4677 | </para>
|
---|
4678 | </listitem>
|
---|
4679 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4680 |
|
---|
4681 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4682 | <term>
|
---|
4683 | <computeroutput>--intnet</computeroutput>
|
---|
4684 | </term>
|
---|
4685 |
|
---|
4686 | <listitem>
|
---|
4687 | <para>
|
---|
4688 | If specified, connect to the iSCSI target via Internal
|
---|
4689 | Networking. This needs further configuration, see
|
---|
4690 | <xref linkend="iscsi-intnet" />.
|
---|
4691 | </para>
|
---|
4692 | </listitem>
|
---|
4693 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4694 |
|
---|
4695 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4696 |
|
---|
4697 | </sect1>
|
---|
4698 |
|
---|
4699 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-storagectl">
|
---|
4700 |
|
---|
4701 | <title>VBoxManage storagectl</title>
|
---|
4702 |
|
---|
4703 | <para>
|
---|
4704 | This command attaches/modifies/removes a storage controller. After
|
---|
4705 | this, virtual media can be attached to the controller with the
|
---|
4706 | <computeroutput>storageattach</computeroutput> command .
|
---|
4707 | </para>
|
---|
4708 |
|
---|
4709 | <para>
|
---|
4710 | The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
4711 | </para>
|
---|
4712 |
|
---|
4713 | <screen>VBoxManage storagectl <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
4714 | --name <name>
|
---|
4715 | [--add ide|sata|scsi|floppy|sas|usb|pcie]
|
---|
4716 | [--controller LSILogic|LSILogicSAS|BusLogic|
|
---|
4717 | IntelAhci|PIIX3|PIIX4|ICH6|I82078|
|
---|
4718 | USB|NVMe]
|
---|
4719 | [--portcount <1-30>]
|
---|
4720 | [--hostiocache on|off]
|
---|
4721 | [--bootable on|off]
|
---|
4722 | [--rename <name>]
|
---|
4723 | [--remove]</screen>
|
---|
4724 |
|
---|
4725 | <para>
|
---|
4726 | where the parameters mean:
|
---|
4727 | </para>
|
---|
4728 |
|
---|
4729 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4730 |
|
---|
4731 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4732 | <term>
|
---|
4733 | <computeroutput>uuid|vmname</computeroutput>
|
---|
4734 | </term>
|
---|
4735 |
|
---|
4736 | <listitem>
|
---|
4737 | <para>
|
---|
4738 | The VM UUID or VM Name. Mandatory.
|
---|
4739 | </para>
|
---|
4740 | </listitem>
|
---|
4741 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4742 |
|
---|
4743 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4744 | <term>
|
---|
4745 | <computeroutput>--name</computeroutput>
|
---|
4746 | </term>
|
---|
4747 |
|
---|
4748 | <listitem>
|
---|
4749 | <para>
|
---|
4750 | Specifies the name of the storage controller. Mandatory.
|
---|
4751 | </para>
|
---|
4752 | </listitem>
|
---|
4753 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4754 |
|
---|
4755 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4756 | <term>
|
---|
4757 | <computeroutput>--add</computeroutput>
|
---|
4758 | </term>
|
---|
4759 |
|
---|
4760 | <listitem>
|
---|
4761 | <para>
|
---|
4762 | Specifies the type of the system bus to which the storage
|
---|
4763 | controller must be connected.
|
---|
4764 | </para>
|
---|
4765 | </listitem>
|
---|
4766 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4767 |
|
---|
4768 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4769 | <term>
|
---|
4770 | <computeroutput>--controller</computeroutput>
|
---|
4771 | </term>
|
---|
4772 |
|
---|
4773 | <listitem>
|
---|
4774 | <para>
|
---|
4775 | Enables a choice of chipset type being emulated for the
|
---|
4776 | given storage controller.
|
---|
4777 | </para>
|
---|
4778 | </listitem>
|
---|
4779 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4780 |
|
---|
4781 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4782 | <term>
|
---|
4783 | <computeroutput>--portcount</computeroutput>
|
---|
4784 | </term>
|
---|
4785 |
|
---|
4786 | <listitem>
|
---|
4787 | <para>
|
---|
4788 | This specifies the number of ports the storage controller
|
---|
4789 | should support.
|
---|
4790 | </para>
|
---|
4791 | </listitem>
|
---|
4792 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4793 |
|
---|
4794 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4795 | <term>
|
---|
4796 | <computeroutput>--hostiocache</computeroutput>
|
---|
4797 | </term>
|
---|
4798 |
|
---|
4799 | <listitem>
|
---|
4800 | <para>
|
---|
4801 | Configures the use of the host I/O cache for all disk images
|
---|
4802 | attached to this storage controller. See
|
---|
4803 | <xref
|
---|
4804 | linkend="iocaching" />.
|
---|
4805 | </para>
|
---|
4806 | </listitem>
|
---|
4807 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4808 |
|
---|
4809 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4810 | <term>
|
---|
4811 | <computeroutput>--bootable</computeroutput>
|
---|
4812 | </term>
|
---|
4813 |
|
---|
4814 | <listitem>
|
---|
4815 | <para>
|
---|
4816 | Specifies whether this controller is bootable.
|
---|
4817 | </para>
|
---|
4818 | </listitem>
|
---|
4819 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4820 |
|
---|
4821 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4822 | <term>
|
---|
4823 | <computeroutput>--rename</computeroutput>
|
---|
4824 | </term>
|
---|
4825 |
|
---|
4826 | <listitem>
|
---|
4827 | <para>
|
---|
4828 | Specifies a new name for the storage controller.
|
---|
4829 | </para>
|
---|
4830 | </listitem>
|
---|
4831 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4832 |
|
---|
4833 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4834 | <term>
|
---|
4835 | <computeroutput>--remove</computeroutput>
|
---|
4836 | </term>
|
---|
4837 |
|
---|
4838 | <listitem>
|
---|
4839 | <para>
|
---|
4840 | Removes the storage controller from the VM config.
|
---|
4841 | </para>
|
---|
4842 | </listitem>
|
---|
4843 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4844 |
|
---|
4845 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4846 |
|
---|
4847 | </sect1>
|
---|
4848 |
|
---|
4849 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-bandwidthctl">
|
---|
4850 |
|
---|
4851 | <title>VBoxManage bandwidthctl</title>
|
---|
4852 |
|
---|
4853 | <para>
|
---|
4854 | This command creates/deletes/modifies/shows bandwidth groups of
|
---|
4855 | the given virtual machine:
|
---|
4856 |
|
---|
4857 | <screen>VBoxManage bandwidthctl <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
4858 | add <name> --type disk|network --limit <MBps>[k|m|g|K|M|G] |
|
---|
4859 | set <name> --limit <MBps>[k|m|g|K|M|G] |
|
---|
4860 | remove <name> |
|
---|
4861 | list [--machinereadable]</screen>
|
---|
4862 | </para>
|
---|
4863 |
|
---|
4864 | <para>
|
---|
4865 | The following subcommands are available:
|
---|
4866 | </para>
|
---|
4867 |
|
---|
4868 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
4869 |
|
---|
4870 | <listitem>
|
---|
4871 | <para>
|
---|
4872 | <computeroutput>add</computeroutput>, creates a new bandwidth
|
---|
4873 | group of a given type.
|
---|
4874 | </para>
|
---|
4875 | </listitem>
|
---|
4876 |
|
---|
4877 | <listitem>
|
---|
4878 | <para>
|
---|
4879 | <computeroutput>set</computeroutput>, modifies the limit for
|
---|
4880 | an existing bandwidth group.
|
---|
4881 | </para>
|
---|
4882 | </listitem>
|
---|
4883 |
|
---|
4884 | <listitem>
|
---|
4885 | <para>
|
---|
4886 | <computeroutput>remove</computeroutput>, destroys a bandwidth
|
---|
4887 | group.
|
---|
4888 | </para>
|
---|
4889 | </listitem>
|
---|
4890 |
|
---|
4891 | <listitem>
|
---|
4892 | <para>
|
---|
4893 | <computeroutput>list</computeroutput>, shows all bandwidth
|
---|
4894 | groups defined for the given VM. Use the
|
---|
4895 | <computeroutput>--machinereadable</computeroutput> option to
|
---|
4896 | produce the same output, but in machine readable format. This
|
---|
4897 | is of the form: name="value" on a line by line basis.
|
---|
4898 | </para>
|
---|
4899 | </listitem>
|
---|
4900 |
|
---|
4901 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
4902 |
|
---|
4903 | <para>
|
---|
4904 | The parameters mean the following:
|
---|
4905 | </para>
|
---|
4906 |
|
---|
4907 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4908 |
|
---|
4909 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4910 | <term>
|
---|
4911 | <computeroutput>uuid|vmname</computeroutput>
|
---|
4912 | </term>
|
---|
4913 |
|
---|
4914 | <listitem>
|
---|
4915 | <para>
|
---|
4916 | The VM UUID or VM Name. Mandatory.
|
---|
4917 | </para>
|
---|
4918 | </listitem>
|
---|
4919 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4920 |
|
---|
4921 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4922 | <term>
|
---|
4923 | <computeroutput>--name</computeroutput>
|
---|
4924 | </term>
|
---|
4925 |
|
---|
4926 | <listitem>
|
---|
4927 | <para>
|
---|
4928 | Name of the bandwidth group. Mandatory.
|
---|
4929 | </para>
|
---|
4930 | </listitem>
|
---|
4931 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4932 |
|
---|
4933 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4934 | <term>
|
---|
4935 | <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput>
|
---|
4936 | </term>
|
---|
4937 |
|
---|
4938 | <listitem>
|
---|
4939 | <para>
|
---|
4940 | Type of the bandwidth group. Mandatory. Two types are
|
---|
4941 | supported: <computeroutput>disk</computeroutput> and
|
---|
4942 | <computeroutput>network</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
4943 | <xref linkend="storage-bandwidth-limit" /> or
|
---|
4944 | <xref linkend="network_bandwidth_limit" /> for the
|
---|
4945 | description of a particular type.
|
---|
4946 | </para>
|
---|
4947 | </listitem>
|
---|
4948 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4949 |
|
---|
4950 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4951 | <term>
|
---|
4952 | <computeroutput>--limit</computeroutput>
|
---|
4953 | </term>
|
---|
4954 |
|
---|
4955 | <listitem>
|
---|
4956 | <para>
|
---|
4957 | Specifies the limit for the given bandwidth group. This can
|
---|
4958 | be changed while the VM is running. The default unit is
|
---|
4959 | megabytes per second. The unit can be changed by specifying
|
---|
4960 | one of the following suffixes:
|
---|
4961 | <computeroutput>k</computeroutput> for kilobits/s,
|
---|
4962 | <computeroutput>m</computeroutput> for megabits/s,
|
---|
4963 | <computeroutput>g</computeroutput> for gigabits/s,
|
---|
4964 | <computeroutput>K</computeroutput> for kilobytes/s,
|
---|
4965 | <computeroutput>M</computeroutput> for megabytes/s,
|
---|
4966 | <computeroutput>G</computeroutput> for gigabytes/s.
|
---|
4967 | </para>
|
---|
4968 | </listitem>
|
---|
4969 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4970 |
|
---|
4971 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4972 |
|
---|
4973 | <note>
|
---|
4974 | <para>
|
---|
4975 | The network bandwidth limits apply only to the traffic being
|
---|
4976 | sent by virtual machines. The traffic being received by VMs is
|
---|
4977 | unlimited.
|
---|
4978 | </para>
|
---|
4979 | </note>
|
---|
4980 |
|
---|
4981 | <note>
|
---|
4982 | <para>
|
---|
4983 | To remove a bandwidth group it must not be referenced by any
|
---|
4984 | disks or adapters in the running VM.
|
---|
4985 | </para>
|
---|
4986 | </note>
|
---|
4987 |
|
---|
4988 | </sect1>
|
---|
4989 |
|
---|
4990 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-showmediuminfo">
|
---|
4991 |
|
---|
4992 | <title>VBoxManage showmediuminfo</title>
|
---|
4993 |
|
---|
4994 | <para>
|
---|
4995 | This command shows information about a medium, notably its size,
|
---|
4996 | its size on disk, its type and the virtual machines which use it.
|
---|
4997 |
|
---|
4998 | <note>
|
---|
4999 | <para>
|
---|
5000 | For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox, the
|
---|
5001 | "showvdiinfo" command is also supported and mapped internally
|
---|
5002 | to the "showmediuminfo" command.
|
---|
5003 | </para>
|
---|
5004 | </note>
|
---|
5005 | </para>
|
---|
5006 |
|
---|
5007 | <screen>VBoxManage showmediuminfo [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|filename></screen>
|
---|
5008 |
|
---|
5009 | <para>
|
---|
5010 | The medium must be specified either by its UUID (if the medium is
|
---|
5011 | registered) or by its filename. Registered images can be listed by
|
---|
5012 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage list hdds</computeroutput>,
|
---|
5013 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage list dvds</computeroutput>, or
|
---|
5014 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage list floppies</computeroutput>, as
|
---|
5015 | appropriate. See <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />.
|
---|
5016 | </para>
|
---|
5017 |
|
---|
5018 | </sect1>
|
---|
5019 |
|
---|
5020 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-createmedium">
|
---|
5021 |
|
---|
5022 | <title>VBoxManage createmedium</title>
|
---|
5023 |
|
---|
5024 | <para>
|
---|
5025 | This command creates a new medium. The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5026 | </para>
|
---|
5027 |
|
---|
5028 | <screen>VBoxManage createmedium [disk|dvd|floppy] --filename <filename>
|
---|
5029 | [--size <megabytes>|--sizebyte <bytes>]
|
---|
5030 | [--diffparent <uuid>|<filename>
|
---|
5031 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD] (default: VDI)
|
---|
5032 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]</screen>
|
---|
5033 |
|
---|
5034 | <para>
|
---|
5035 | where the parameters mean:
|
---|
5036 | </para>
|
---|
5037 |
|
---|
5038 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5039 |
|
---|
5040 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5041 | <term>
|
---|
5042 | <computeroutput>--filename <filename></computeroutput>
|
---|
5043 | </term>
|
---|
5044 |
|
---|
5045 | <listitem>
|
---|
5046 | <para>
|
---|
5047 | Specifies a file name <filename> as an absolute path
|
---|
5048 | on the host file system. Mandatory.
|
---|
5049 | </para>
|
---|
5050 | </listitem>
|
---|
5051 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5052 |
|
---|
5053 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5054 | <term>
|
---|
5055 | <computeroutput>--size <megabytes></computeroutput>
|
---|
5056 | </term>
|
---|
5057 |
|
---|
5058 | <listitem>
|
---|
5059 | <para>
|
---|
5060 | <megabytes> Specifies the image capacity, in 1 MB
|
---|
5061 | units. Optional.
|
---|
5062 | </para>
|
---|
5063 | </listitem>
|
---|
5064 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5065 |
|
---|
5066 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5067 | <term>
|
---|
5068 | <computeroutput>--diffparent
|
---|
5069 | <uuid>|<filename></computeroutput>
|
---|
5070 | </term>
|
---|
5071 |
|
---|
5072 | <listitem>
|
---|
5073 | <para>
|
---|
5074 | Specifies the differencing image parent, either as a UUID or
|
---|
5075 | by the absolute pathname of the file on the host file
|
---|
5076 | system. Useful for sharing a base box disk image among
|
---|
5077 | several VMs.
|
---|
5078 | </para>
|
---|
5079 | </listitem>
|
---|
5080 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5081 |
|
---|
5082 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5083 | <term>
|
---|
5084 | <computeroutput>--format VDI|VMDK|VHD</computeroutput>
|
---|
5085 | </term>
|
---|
5086 |
|
---|
5087 | <listitem>
|
---|
5088 | <para>
|
---|
5089 | Specifies the file format for the output file. Available
|
---|
5090 | options are VDI, VMDK, VHD. Default is VDI. Optional.
|
---|
5091 | </para>
|
---|
5092 | </listitem>
|
---|
5093 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5094 |
|
---|
5095 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5096 | <term>
|
---|
5097 | <computeroutput>--variant
|
---|
5098 | Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX</computeroutput>
|
---|
5099 | </term>
|
---|
5100 |
|
---|
5101 | <listitem>
|
---|
5102 | <para>
|
---|
5103 | Specifies any required file format variant(s) for the output
|
---|
5104 | file. It is a comma-separated list of variant flags. Not all
|
---|
5105 | combinations are supported, and specifying mutually
|
---|
5106 | incompatible flags results in an error message. Optional.
|
---|
5107 | </para>
|
---|
5108 | </listitem>
|
---|
5109 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5110 |
|
---|
5111 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5112 |
|
---|
5113 | <note>
|
---|
5114 | <para>
|
---|
5115 | For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox, the
|
---|
5116 | "createvdi" and "createhd" commands are also supported and
|
---|
5117 | mapped internally to the "createmedium" command.
|
---|
5118 | </para>
|
---|
5119 | </note>
|
---|
5120 |
|
---|
5121 | </sect1>
|
---|
5122 |
|
---|
5123 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-modifyvdi">
|
---|
5124 |
|
---|
5125 | <title>VBoxManage modifymedium</title>
|
---|
5126 |
|
---|
5127 | <para>
|
---|
5128 | With the <computeroutput>modifymedium</computeroutput> command,
|
---|
5129 | you can change the characteristics of a disk image after it has
|
---|
5130 | been created:
|
---|
5131 |
|
---|
5132 | <screen>VBoxManage modifymedium [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5133 | [--type normal|writethrough|immutable|shareable|
|
---|
5134 | readonly|multiattach]
|
---|
5135 | [--autoreset on|off]
|
---|
5136 | [--property <name=[value]>]
|
---|
5137 | [--compact]
|
---|
5138 | [--resize <megabytes>|--resizebyte <bytes>]
|
---|
5139 | [--move <path></screen>
|
---|
5140 |
|
---|
5141 | <note>
|
---|
5142 | <para>
|
---|
5143 | For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox, the
|
---|
5144 | "modifyvdi" and "modifyhd" commands are also supported and
|
---|
5145 | mapped internally to the "modifymedium" command.
|
---|
5146 | </para>
|
---|
5147 | </note>
|
---|
5148 | </para>
|
---|
5149 |
|
---|
5150 | <para>
|
---|
5151 | The disk image to modify must be specified either by its UUID (if
|
---|
5152 | the medium is registered) or by its filename. Registered images
|
---|
5153 | can be listed by <computeroutput>VBoxManage list
|
---|
5154 | hdds</computeroutput>, see <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />. A
|
---|
5155 | filename must be specified as a valid path, either as an absolute
|
---|
5156 | path or as a relative path starting from the current directory.
|
---|
5157 | </para>
|
---|
5158 |
|
---|
5159 | <para>
|
---|
5160 | The following options are available:
|
---|
5161 | </para>
|
---|
5162 |
|
---|
5163 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5164 |
|
---|
5165 | <listitem>
|
---|
5166 | <para>
|
---|
5167 | With the <computeroutput>--type</computeroutput> argument, you
|
---|
5168 | can change the type of an existing image between the normal,
|
---|
5169 | immutable, write-through and other modes. See
|
---|
5170 | <xref
|
---|
5171 | linkend="hdimagewrites" />.
|
---|
5172 | </para>
|
---|
5173 | </listitem>
|
---|
5174 |
|
---|
5175 | <listitem>
|
---|
5176 | <para>
|
---|
5177 | For immutable (differencing) hard disks only, the
|
---|
5178 | <computeroutput>--autoreset on|off</computeroutput> option
|
---|
5179 | determines whether the disk is automatically reset on every VM
|
---|
5180 | startup, see <xref linkend="hdimagewrites" />. The default is
|
---|
5181 | "on".
|
---|
5182 | </para>
|
---|
5183 | </listitem>
|
---|
5184 |
|
---|
5185 | <listitem>
|
---|
5186 | <para>
|
---|
5187 | The <computeroutput>--compact</computeroutput> option can be
|
---|
5188 | used to compact disk images, i.e. remove blocks that only
|
---|
5189 | contains zeroes. This will shrink a dynamically allocated
|
---|
5190 | image again; it will reduce the <emphasis>physical</emphasis>
|
---|
5191 | size of the image without affecting the logical size of the
|
---|
5192 | virtual disk. Compaction works both for base images and for
|
---|
5193 | diff images created as part of a snapshot.
|
---|
5194 | </para>
|
---|
5195 |
|
---|
5196 | <para>
|
---|
5197 | For this operation to be effective, it is required that free
|
---|
5198 | space in the guest system first be zeroed out using a suitable
|
---|
5199 | software tool. For Windows guests, you can use the
|
---|
5200 | <computeroutput>sdelete</computeroutput> tool provided by
|
---|
5201 | Microsoft. Execute <computeroutput>sdelete -z</computeroutput>
|
---|
5202 | in the guest to zero the free disk space before compressing
|
---|
5203 | the virtual disk image. For Linux, use the
|
---|
5204 | <code>zerofree</code> utility which supports ext2/ext3
|
---|
5205 | filesystems. For Mac OS X guests, use the <code>diskutil
|
---|
5206 | secureErase freespace 0 /</code> command line from an elevated
|
---|
5207 | Terminal.
|
---|
5208 | </para>
|
---|
5209 |
|
---|
5210 | <para>
|
---|
5211 | Please note that compacting is currently only available for
|
---|
5212 | VDI images. A similar effect can be achieved by zeroing out
|
---|
5213 | free blocks and then cloning the disk to any other dynamically
|
---|
5214 | allocated format. You can use this workaround until compacting
|
---|
5215 | is also supported for disk formats other than VDI.
|
---|
5216 | </para>
|
---|
5217 | </listitem>
|
---|
5218 |
|
---|
5219 | <listitem>
|
---|
5220 | <para>
|
---|
5221 | The <computeroutput>--resize x</computeroutput> option, where
|
---|
5222 | x is the desired new total space in
|
---|
5223 | <emphasis role="bold">megabytes</emphasis> enables you to
|
---|
5224 | change the capacity of an existing image. This adjusts the
|
---|
5225 | <emphasis>logical</emphasis> size of a virtual disk without
|
---|
5226 | affecting the physical size much.
|
---|
5227 |
|
---|
5228 | <footnote>
|
---|
5229 |
|
---|
5230 | <para>
|
---|
5231 | Image resizing was added with VirtualBox 4.0.
|
---|
5232 | </para>
|
---|
5233 |
|
---|
5234 | </footnote>
|
---|
5235 |
|
---|
5236 | This currently works only for VDI and VHD formats, and only
|
---|
5237 | for the dynamically allocated variants, and can only be used
|
---|
5238 | to expand (not shrink) the capacity. For example, if you
|
---|
5239 | originally created a 10 GB disk which is now full, you can use
|
---|
5240 | the <computeroutput>--resize 15360</computeroutput> command to
|
---|
5241 | change the capacity to 15 GB (15,360 MB) without having to
|
---|
5242 | create a new image and copy all data from within a virtual
|
---|
5243 | machine. Note however that this only changes the drive
|
---|
5244 | capacity. You will typically next need to use a partition
|
---|
5245 | management tool inside the guest to adjust the main partition
|
---|
5246 | to fill the drive.
|
---|
5247 | </para>
|
---|
5248 |
|
---|
5249 | <para>
|
---|
5250 | The <computeroutput>--resizebyte x</computeroutput> option
|
---|
5251 | does almost the same thing, except that x is expressed in
|
---|
5252 | bytes instead of megabytes.
|
---|
5253 | </para>
|
---|
5254 | </listitem>
|
---|
5255 |
|
---|
5256 | <listitem>
|
---|
5257 | <para>
|
---|
5258 | The <computeroutput>--move <path></computeroutput>
|
---|
5259 | option can be used to relocate a medium to a different
|
---|
5260 | location <path> on the host file system. The path can be
|
---|
5261 | either relative to the current directory or absolute.
|
---|
5262 | </para>
|
---|
5263 | </listitem>
|
---|
5264 |
|
---|
5265 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5266 |
|
---|
5267 | </sect1>
|
---|
5268 |
|
---|
5269 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-clonevdi">
|
---|
5270 |
|
---|
5271 | <title>VBoxManage clonemedium</title>
|
---|
5272 |
|
---|
5273 | <para>
|
---|
5274 | This command duplicates a virtual disk/DVD/floppy medium to a new
|
---|
5275 | medium, usually an image file, with a new unique identifier
|
---|
5276 | (UUID). The new image can be transferred to another host system or
|
---|
5277 | reimported into VirtualBox using the Virtual Media Manager. See
|
---|
5278 | <xref linkend="vdis" /> and <xref linkend="cloningvdis" />. The
|
---|
5279 | syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5280 | </para>
|
---|
5281 |
|
---|
5282 | <screen>VBoxManage clonemedium [disk|dvd|floppy] <uuid|inputfile> <uuid|outputfile>
|
---|
5283 |
|
---|
5284 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD|RAW|<other>]
|
---|
5285 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]
|
---|
5286 | [--existing]</screen>
|
---|
5287 |
|
---|
5288 | <para>
|
---|
5289 | The medium to clone as well as the target image must be described
|
---|
5290 | either by its UUIDs, if the mediums are registered, or by its
|
---|
5291 | filename. Registered images can be listed by
|
---|
5292 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage list hdds</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
5293 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />. A filename must be specified
|
---|
5294 | as valid path, either as an absolute path or as a relative path
|
---|
5295 | starting from the current directory.
|
---|
5296 | </para>
|
---|
5297 |
|
---|
5298 | <para>
|
---|
5299 | The following options are available:
|
---|
5300 | </para>
|
---|
5301 |
|
---|
5302 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5303 |
|
---|
5304 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5305 | <term>
|
---|
5306 | <computeroutput>--format</computeroutput>
|
---|
5307 | </term>
|
---|
5308 |
|
---|
5309 | <listitem>
|
---|
5310 | <para>
|
---|
5311 | Allow to choose a file format for the output file different
|
---|
5312 | from the file format of the input file.
|
---|
5313 | </para>
|
---|
5314 | </listitem>
|
---|
5315 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5316 |
|
---|
5317 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5318 | <term>
|
---|
5319 | <computeroutput>--variant</computeroutput>
|
---|
5320 | </term>
|
---|
5321 |
|
---|
5322 | <listitem>
|
---|
5323 | <para>
|
---|
5324 | Allow to choose a file format variant for the output file.
|
---|
5325 | It is a comma-separated list of variant flags. Not all
|
---|
5326 | combinations are supported, and specifying inconsistent
|
---|
5327 | flags will result in an error message.
|
---|
5328 | </para>
|
---|
5329 | </listitem>
|
---|
5330 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5331 |
|
---|
5332 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5333 | <term>
|
---|
5334 | <computeroutput>--existing</computeroutput>
|
---|
5335 | </term>
|
---|
5336 |
|
---|
5337 | <listitem>
|
---|
5338 | <para>
|
---|
5339 | Perform the clone operation to an already existing
|
---|
5340 | destination medium. Only the portion of the source medium
|
---|
5341 | which fits into the destination medium is copied. This means
|
---|
5342 | if the destination medium is smaller than the source only a
|
---|
5343 | part of it is copied, and if the destination medium is
|
---|
5344 | larger than the source the remaining part of the destination
|
---|
5345 | medium is unchanged.
|
---|
5346 | </para>
|
---|
5347 | </listitem>
|
---|
5348 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5349 |
|
---|
5350 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5351 |
|
---|
5352 | <note>
|
---|
5353 | <para>
|
---|
5354 | For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox, the
|
---|
5355 | "clonevdi" and "clonehd" commands are still supported and mapped
|
---|
5356 | internally to the "clonehd disk" command.
|
---|
5357 | </para>
|
---|
5358 | </note>
|
---|
5359 |
|
---|
5360 | </sect1>
|
---|
5361 |
|
---|
5362 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-mediumproperty">
|
---|
5363 |
|
---|
5364 | <title>VBoxManage mediumproperty</title>
|
---|
5365 |
|
---|
5366 | <para>
|
---|
5367 | This command sets up, gets or deletes a medium property. The
|
---|
5368 | syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5369 | </para>
|
---|
5370 |
|
---|
5371 | <screen>VBoxManage mediumproperty [disk|dvd|floppy] set <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5372 | <property> <value></screen>
|
---|
5373 |
|
---|
5374 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5375 |
|
---|
5376 | <listitem>
|
---|
5377 | <para>
|
---|
5378 | Use <computeroutput><disk|dvd|floppy></computeroutput>
|
---|
5379 | to optionally specify the type of medium: disk (hard drive),
|
---|
5380 | dvd or floppy.
|
---|
5381 | </para>
|
---|
5382 | </listitem>
|
---|
5383 |
|
---|
5384 | <listitem>
|
---|
5385 | <para>
|
---|
5386 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5387 | supply either the uuid or absolute path of the medium/image to
|
---|
5388 | be encrypted.
|
---|
5389 | </para>
|
---|
5390 | </listitem>
|
---|
5391 |
|
---|
5392 | <listitem>
|
---|
5393 | <para>
|
---|
5394 | Use <computeroutput><property></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5395 | supply the name of the property.
|
---|
5396 | </para>
|
---|
5397 | </listitem>
|
---|
5398 |
|
---|
5399 | <listitem>
|
---|
5400 | <para>
|
---|
5401 | Use <computeroutput><value></computeroutput> to supply
|
---|
5402 | the property value.
|
---|
5403 | </para>
|
---|
5404 | </listitem>
|
---|
5405 |
|
---|
5406 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5407 |
|
---|
5408 | <screen>VBoxManage mediumproperty [disk|dvd|floppy] get <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5409 | <property></screen>
|
---|
5410 |
|
---|
5411 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5412 |
|
---|
5413 | <listitem>
|
---|
5414 | <para>
|
---|
5415 | Use <computeroutput><disk|dvd|floppy></computeroutput>
|
---|
5416 | to optionally specify the type of medium: disk (hard drive),
|
---|
5417 | dvd or floppy.
|
---|
5418 | </para>
|
---|
5419 | </listitem>
|
---|
5420 |
|
---|
5421 | <listitem>
|
---|
5422 | <para>
|
---|
5423 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5424 | supply either the uuid or absolute path of the medium/image to
|
---|
5425 | be encrypted.
|
---|
5426 | </para>
|
---|
5427 | </listitem>
|
---|
5428 |
|
---|
5429 | <listitem>
|
---|
5430 | <para>
|
---|
5431 | Use <computeroutput><property></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5432 | supply the name of the property.
|
---|
5433 | </para>
|
---|
5434 | </listitem>
|
---|
5435 |
|
---|
5436 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5437 |
|
---|
5438 | <screen>VBoxManage mediumproperty [disk|dvd|floppy] delete <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5439 | <property></screen>
|
---|
5440 |
|
---|
5441 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5442 |
|
---|
5443 | <listitem>
|
---|
5444 | <para>
|
---|
5445 | Use <computeroutput><disk|dvd|floppy></computeroutput>
|
---|
5446 | to optionally specify the type of medium: disk (hard drive),
|
---|
5447 | dvd or floppy.
|
---|
5448 | </para>
|
---|
5449 | </listitem>
|
---|
5450 |
|
---|
5451 | <listitem>
|
---|
5452 | <para>
|
---|
5453 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5454 | supply either the uuid or absolute path of the medium/image.
|
---|
5455 | </para>
|
---|
5456 | </listitem>
|
---|
5457 |
|
---|
5458 | <listitem>
|
---|
5459 | <para>
|
---|
5460 | Use <computeroutput><property></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5461 | supply the name of the property.
|
---|
5462 | </para>
|
---|
5463 | </listitem>
|
---|
5464 |
|
---|
5465 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5466 |
|
---|
5467 | </sect1>
|
---|
5468 |
|
---|
5469 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-encryptmedium">
|
---|
5470 |
|
---|
5471 | <title>VBoxManage encryptmedium</title>
|
---|
5472 |
|
---|
5473 | <para>
|
---|
5474 | This command is used to create a DEK encrypted medium/image. See
|
---|
5475 | <xref linkend="diskencryption-encryption" />.
|
---|
5476 | </para>
|
---|
5477 |
|
---|
5478 | <para>
|
---|
5479 | The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5480 | </para>
|
---|
5481 |
|
---|
5482 | <screen>VBoxManage encryptmedium <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5483 | [--newpassword <file|->]
|
---|
5484 | [--oldpassword <file|->]
|
---|
5485 | [--cipher <cipher id>]
|
---|
5486 | [--newpasswordid <password id>]</screen>
|
---|
5487 |
|
---|
5488 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5489 |
|
---|
5490 | <listitem>
|
---|
5491 | <para>
|
---|
5492 | use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5493 | supply the uuid or absolute path of the medium/image to be
|
---|
5494 | encrypted.
|
---|
5495 | </para>
|
---|
5496 | </listitem>
|
---|
5497 |
|
---|
5498 | <listitem>
|
---|
5499 | <para>
|
---|
5500 | Use <computeroutput>--newpassword
|
---|
5501 | <file|-></computeroutput> to supply a new encryption
|
---|
5502 | password; either specify the absolute pathname of a password
|
---|
5503 | file on the host operating system, or
|
---|
5504 | <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to prompt you for the
|
---|
5505 | password on the command line. Always use the
|
---|
5506 | <computeroutput>--newpasswordid</computeroutput> option with
|
---|
5507 | this option.
|
---|
5508 | </para>
|
---|
5509 | </listitem>
|
---|
5510 |
|
---|
5511 | <listitem>
|
---|
5512 | <para>
|
---|
5513 | use <computeroutput>--oldpassword
|
---|
5514 | <file|-></computeroutput> to supply any old encryption
|
---|
5515 | password; either specify the absolute pathname of a password
|
---|
5516 | file on the host operating system, or
|
---|
5517 | <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to prompt you for the old
|
---|
5518 | password on the command line.
|
---|
5519 | </para>
|
---|
5520 |
|
---|
5521 | <para>
|
---|
5522 | Use this option to gain access to an encrypted medium/image to
|
---|
5523 | change its password using
|
---|
5524 | <computeroutput>--newpassword</computeroutput> and/or change
|
---|
5525 | its encryption using
|
---|
5526 | <computeroutput>--cipher</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5527 | </para>
|
---|
5528 | </listitem>
|
---|
5529 |
|
---|
5530 | <listitem>
|
---|
5531 | <para>
|
---|
5532 | Use <computeroutput>--cipher <cipher></computeroutput>
|
---|
5533 | to specify the cipher to use for encryption; this can be
|
---|
5534 | either <computeroutput>AES-XTS128-PLAIN64</computeroutput> or
|
---|
5535 | <computeroutput>AES-XTS256-PLAIN64</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5536 | </para>
|
---|
5537 |
|
---|
5538 | <para>
|
---|
5539 | Use this option to change any existing encryption on the
|
---|
5540 | medium/image, or setup new encryption on it for the 1st time.
|
---|
5541 | </para>
|
---|
5542 | </listitem>
|
---|
5543 |
|
---|
5544 | <listitem>
|
---|
5545 | <para>
|
---|
5546 | Use <computeroutput>--newpasswordid <password
|
---|
5547 | id></computeroutput> to supply the new password identifier.
|
---|
5548 | This can be freely chosen by the user, and is used for correct
|
---|
5549 | identification when supplying multiple passwords during VM
|
---|
5550 | startup.
|
---|
5551 | </para>
|
---|
5552 |
|
---|
5553 | <para>
|
---|
5554 | If the user uses the same password when encrypting multiple
|
---|
5555 | images and also the same password identifier, the user needs
|
---|
5556 | to supply the password only once during VM startup.
|
---|
5557 | </para>
|
---|
5558 | </listitem>
|
---|
5559 |
|
---|
5560 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5561 |
|
---|
5562 | </sect1>
|
---|
5563 |
|
---|
5564 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-checkmediumpwd">
|
---|
5565 |
|
---|
5566 | <title>VBoxManage checkmediumpwd</title>
|
---|
5567 |
|
---|
5568 | <para>
|
---|
5569 | This command is used to check the current encryption password on a
|
---|
5570 | DEK encrypted medium/image. See
|
---|
5571 | <xref linkend="diskencryption-encryption" />.
|
---|
5572 | </para>
|
---|
5573 |
|
---|
5574 | <para>
|
---|
5575 | The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5576 | </para>
|
---|
5577 |
|
---|
5578 | <screen>VBoxManage checkmediumpwd <uuid|filename>
|
---|
5579 | <pwd file|-></screen>
|
---|
5580 |
|
---|
5581 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5582 |
|
---|
5583 | <listitem>
|
---|
5584 | <para>
|
---|
5585 | Use <computeroutput><uuid|filename></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5586 | supply the uuid or absolute path of the medium/image to be
|
---|
5587 | checked.
|
---|
5588 | </para>
|
---|
5589 | </listitem>
|
---|
5590 |
|
---|
5591 | <listitem>
|
---|
5592 | <para>
|
---|
5593 | Use <computeroutput><pwd file|-></computeroutput> to
|
---|
5594 | supply the password identifier to be checked. Either specify
|
---|
5595 | the absolute pathname of a password file on the host operating
|
---|
5596 | system, or <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to prompt you
|
---|
5597 | for the password on the command line.
|
---|
5598 | </para>
|
---|
5599 | </listitem>
|
---|
5600 |
|
---|
5601 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5602 |
|
---|
5603 | </sect1>
|
---|
5604 |
|
---|
5605 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-convertfromraw">
|
---|
5606 |
|
---|
5607 | <title>VBoxManage convertfromraw</title>
|
---|
5608 |
|
---|
5609 | <para>
|
---|
5610 | This command converts a raw disk image to a VirtualBox Disk Image
|
---|
5611 | (VDI) file. The syntax is as follows:
|
---|
5612 | </para>
|
---|
5613 |
|
---|
5614 | <screen>VBoxManage convertfromraw <filename> <outputfile>
|
---|
5615 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD]
|
---|
5616 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]
|
---|
5617 | [--uuid <uuid>]
|
---|
5618 | VBoxManage convertfromraw stdin <outputfile> <bytes>
|
---|
5619 | [--format VDI|VMDK|VHD]
|
---|
5620 | [--variant Standard,Fixed,Split2G,Stream,ESX]
|
---|
5621 | [--uuid <uuid>]</screen>
|
---|
5622 |
|
---|
5623 | <para>
|
---|
5624 | where the parameters mean:
|
---|
5625 | </para>
|
---|
5626 |
|
---|
5627 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5628 |
|
---|
5629 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5630 | <term>
|
---|
5631 | <computeroutput>--bytes</computeroutput>
|
---|
5632 | </term>
|
---|
5633 |
|
---|
5634 | <listitem>
|
---|
5635 | <para>
|
---|
5636 | The size of the image file, in bytes, provided through
|
---|
5637 | stdin.
|
---|
5638 | </para>
|
---|
5639 | </listitem>
|
---|
5640 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5641 |
|
---|
5642 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5643 | <term>
|
---|
5644 | <computeroutput>--format</computeroutput>
|
---|
5645 | </term>
|
---|
5646 |
|
---|
5647 | <listitem>
|
---|
5648 | <para>
|
---|
5649 | Select the disk image format to create. Default is VDI.
|
---|
5650 | Other options are VMDK and VHD.
|
---|
5651 | </para>
|
---|
5652 | </listitem>
|
---|
5653 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5654 |
|
---|
5655 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5656 | <term>
|
---|
5657 | <computeroutput>--variant</computeroutput>
|
---|
5658 | </term>
|
---|
5659 |
|
---|
5660 | <listitem>
|
---|
5661 | <para>
|
---|
5662 | Allow to choose a file format variant for the output file.
|
---|
5663 | It is a comma-separated list of variant flags. Not all
|
---|
5664 | combinations are supported, and specifying inconsistent
|
---|
5665 | flags will result in an error message.
|
---|
5666 | </para>
|
---|
5667 | </listitem>
|
---|
5668 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5669 |
|
---|
5670 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5671 | <term>
|
---|
5672 | <computeroutput>--uuid</computeroutput>
|
---|
5673 | </term>
|
---|
5674 |
|
---|
5675 | <listitem>
|
---|
5676 | <para>
|
---|
5677 | Allow to specifiy the UUID of the output file.
|
---|
5678 | </para>
|
---|
5679 | </listitem>
|
---|
5680 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5681 |
|
---|
5682 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5683 |
|
---|
5684 | <para>
|
---|
5685 | The second form forces VBoxManage to read the content for the disk
|
---|
5686 | image from standard input (useful for using that command in a
|
---|
5687 | pipe).
|
---|
5688 | </para>
|
---|
5689 |
|
---|
5690 | <para>
|
---|
5691 | <note>
|
---|
5692 | <para>
|
---|
5693 | For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox, the
|
---|
5694 | "convertdd" command is also supported and mapped internally to
|
---|
5695 | the "convertfromraw" command.
|
---|
5696 | </para>
|
---|
5697 | </note>
|
---|
5698 | </para>
|
---|
5699 |
|
---|
5700 | </sect1>
|
---|
5701 |
|
---|
5702 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-extradata">
|
---|
5703 |
|
---|
5704 | <title>VBoxManage getextradata/setextradata</title>
|
---|
5705 |
|
---|
5706 | <para>
|
---|
5707 | These commands let you attach and retrieve string data to a
|
---|
5708 | virtual machine or to a VirtualBox configuration, by specifying
|
---|
5709 | <computeroutput>global</computeroutput> instead of a virtual
|
---|
5710 | machine name. You must specify a key as a text string to associate
|
---|
5711 | the data with, which you can later use to retrieve it. For
|
---|
5712 | example:
|
---|
5713 | </para>
|
---|
5714 |
|
---|
5715 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate 2006.01.01
|
---|
5716 | VBoxManage setextradata SUSE10 installdate 2006.02.02</screen>
|
---|
5717 |
|
---|
5718 | <para>
|
---|
5719 | would associate the string "2006.01.01" with the key installdate
|
---|
5720 | for the virtual machine Fedora5, and "2006.02.02" on the machine
|
---|
5721 | SUSE10. You could retrieve the information as follows:
|
---|
5722 | </para>
|
---|
5723 |
|
---|
5724 | <screen>VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 installdate</screen>
|
---|
5725 |
|
---|
5726 | <para>
|
---|
5727 | which would return
|
---|
5728 | </para>
|
---|
5729 |
|
---|
5730 | <screen>VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version <replaceable>version-number</replaceable>
|
---|
5731 | (C) 2005-2018 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
5732 | All rights reserved.
|
---|
5733 |
|
---|
5734 | Value: 2006.01.01</screen>
|
---|
5735 |
|
---|
5736 | <para>
|
---|
5737 | You could retrieve the information for all keys as follows:
|
---|
5738 | </para>
|
---|
5739 |
|
---|
5740 | <screen>VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 enumerate</screen>
|
---|
5741 |
|
---|
5742 | <para>
|
---|
5743 | To remove a key, the <computeroutput>setextradata</computeroutput>
|
---|
5744 | command must be run without specifying data, only the key. For
|
---|
5745 | example:
|
---|
5746 | </para>
|
---|
5747 |
|
---|
5748 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate</screen>
|
---|
5749 |
|
---|
5750 | </sect1>
|
---|
5751 |
|
---|
5752 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-setproperty">
|
---|
5753 |
|
---|
5754 | <title>VBoxManage setproperty</title>
|
---|
5755 |
|
---|
5756 | <para>
|
---|
5757 | This command is used to change global settings which affect the
|
---|
5758 | entire VirtualBox installation. Some of these correspond to the
|
---|
5759 | settings in the "Global settings" dialog in the graphical user
|
---|
5760 | interface. The following properties are available:
|
---|
5761 | </para>
|
---|
5762 |
|
---|
5763 | <variablelist>
|
---|
5764 |
|
---|
5765 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5766 | <term>
|
---|
5767 | <computeroutput>machinefolder</computeroutput>
|
---|
5768 | </term>
|
---|
5769 |
|
---|
5770 | <listitem>
|
---|
5771 | <para>
|
---|
5772 | This specifies the default folder in which virtual machine
|
---|
5773 | definitions are kept. See <xref linkend="vboxconfigdata" />.
|
---|
5774 | </para>
|
---|
5775 | </listitem>
|
---|
5776 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5777 |
|
---|
5778 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5779 | <term>
|
---|
5780 | <computeroutput>hwvirtexclusive</computeroutput>
|
---|
5781 | </term>
|
---|
5782 |
|
---|
5783 | <listitem>
|
---|
5784 | <para>
|
---|
5785 | This specifies whether VirtualBox will make exclusive use of
|
---|
5786 | the hardware virtualization extensions (Intel VT-x or AMD-V)
|
---|
5787 | of the host system's processor. See
|
---|
5788 | <xref linkend="hwvirt" />. If you wish to share these
|
---|
5789 | extensions with other hypervisors running at the same time,
|
---|
5790 | you must disable this setting. Doing so has negative
|
---|
5791 | performance implications.
|
---|
5792 | </para>
|
---|
5793 | </listitem>
|
---|
5794 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5795 |
|
---|
5796 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5797 | <term>
|
---|
5798 | <computeroutput>vrdeauthlibrary</computeroutput>
|
---|
5799 | </term>
|
---|
5800 |
|
---|
5801 | <listitem>
|
---|
5802 | <para>
|
---|
5803 | This specifies which library to use when "external"
|
---|
5804 | authentication has been selected for a particular virtual
|
---|
5805 | machine. See <xref linkend="vbox-auth" />.
|
---|
5806 | </para>
|
---|
5807 | </listitem>
|
---|
5808 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5809 |
|
---|
5810 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5811 | <term>
|
---|
5812 | <computeroutput>websrvauthlibrary</computeroutput>
|
---|
5813 | </term>
|
---|
5814 |
|
---|
5815 | <listitem>
|
---|
5816 | <para>
|
---|
5817 | This specifies which library the web service uses to
|
---|
5818 | authenticate users. For details about the VirtualBox web
|
---|
5819 | service, please refer to the separate VirtualBox SDK
|
---|
5820 | reference. See <xref
|
---|
5821 | linkend="VirtualBoxAPI" />.
|
---|
5822 | </para>
|
---|
5823 | </listitem>
|
---|
5824 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5825 |
|
---|
5826 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5827 | <term>
|
---|
5828 | <computeroutput>vrdeextpack</computeroutput>
|
---|
5829 | </term>
|
---|
5830 |
|
---|
5831 | <listitem>
|
---|
5832 | <para>
|
---|
5833 | This specifies which library implements the VirtualBox
|
---|
5834 | Remote Desktop Extension.
|
---|
5835 | </para>
|
---|
5836 | </listitem>
|
---|
5837 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5838 |
|
---|
5839 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5840 | <term>
|
---|
5841 | <computeroutput>loghistorycount</computeroutput>
|
---|
5842 | </term>
|
---|
5843 |
|
---|
5844 | <listitem>
|
---|
5845 | <para>
|
---|
5846 | This selects how many rotated (old) VM logs are kept.
|
---|
5847 | </para>
|
---|
5848 | </listitem>
|
---|
5849 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5850 |
|
---|
5851 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5852 | <term>
|
---|
5853 | <computeroutput>autostartdbpath</computeroutput>
|
---|
5854 | </term>
|
---|
5855 |
|
---|
5856 | <listitem>
|
---|
5857 | <para>
|
---|
5858 | This selects the path to the autostart database. See
|
---|
5859 | <xref linkend="autostart" />.
|
---|
5860 | </para>
|
---|
5861 | </listitem>
|
---|
5862 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5863 |
|
---|
5864 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5865 | <term>
|
---|
5866 | <computeroutput>defaultfrontend</computeroutput>
|
---|
5867 | </term>
|
---|
5868 |
|
---|
5869 | <listitem>
|
---|
5870 | <para>
|
---|
5871 | This selects the global default VM frontend setting. See
|
---|
5872 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-startvm" />.
|
---|
5873 | </para>
|
---|
5874 | </listitem>
|
---|
5875 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5876 |
|
---|
5877 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
5878 | <term>
|
---|
5879 | <computeroutput>logginglevel</computeroutput>
|
---|
5880 | </term>
|
---|
5881 |
|
---|
5882 | <listitem>
|
---|
5883 | <para>
|
---|
5884 | This configures the VBoxSVC release logging details.
|
---|
5885 |
|
---|
5886 | <footnote>
|
---|
5887 |
|
---|
5888 | <para>
|
---|
5889 | <ulink url="http://www.alldomusa.eu.org/wiki/VBoxLogging">http://www.alldomusa.eu.org/wiki/VBoxLogging</ulink>.
|
---|
5890 | </para>
|
---|
5891 |
|
---|
5892 | </footnote>
|
---|
5893 | </para>
|
---|
5894 | </listitem>
|
---|
5895 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
5896 |
|
---|
5897 | </variablelist>
|
---|
5898 |
|
---|
5899 | </sect1>
|
---|
5900 |
|
---|
5901 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-usbfilter">
|
---|
5902 |
|
---|
5903 | <title>VBoxManage usbfilter add/modify/remove</title>
|
---|
5904 |
|
---|
5905 | <screen>VBoxManage usbfilter add <index,0-N>
|
---|
5906 | --target <uuid|vmname>global
|
---|
5907 | --name <string>
|
---|
5908 | --action ignore|hold (global filters only)
|
---|
5909 | [--active yes|no (yes)]
|
---|
5910 | [--vendorid <XXXX> (null)]
|
---|
5911 | [--productid <XXXX> (null)]
|
---|
5912 | [--revision <IIFF> (null)]
|
---|
5913 | [--manufacturer <string> (null)]
|
---|
5914 | [--product <string> (null)]
|
---|
5915 | [--remote yes|no (null, VM filters only)]
|
---|
5916 | [--serialnumber <string> (null)]
|
---|
5917 | [--maskedinterfaces <XXXXXXXX>]
|
---|
5918 | </screen>
|
---|
5919 |
|
---|
5920 | <screen>VBoxManage usbfilter modify <index,0-N>
|
---|
5921 | --target <uuid|vmname>global
|
---|
5922 | [--name <string>]
|
---|
5923 | [--action ignore|hold (global filters only)]
|
---|
5924 | [--active yes|no]
|
---|
5925 | [--vendorid <XXXX>]
|
---|
5926 | [--productid <XXXX>]
|
---|
5927 | [--revision <IIFF>]
|
---|
5928 | [--manufacturer <string>]
|
---|
5929 | [--product <string>]
|
---|
5930 | [--remote yes|no (null, VM filters only)]
|
---|
5931 | [--serialnumber <string>]
|
---|
5932 | [--maskedinterfaces <XXXXXXXX>]
|
---|
5933 | </screen>
|
---|
5934 |
|
---|
5935 | <screen>VBoxManage usbfilter remove <index,0-N>
|
---|
5936 | --target <uuid|vmname>global
|
---|
5937 | </screen>
|
---|
5938 |
|
---|
5939 | <para>
|
---|
5940 | The <computeroutput>usbfilter</computeroutput> commands are used
|
---|
5941 | for working with USB filters in virtual machines, or global
|
---|
5942 | filters which affect the whole VirtualBox setup. Global filters
|
---|
5943 | are applied before machine-specific filters, and may be used to
|
---|
5944 | prevent devices from being captured by any virtual machine. Global
|
---|
5945 | filters are always applied in a particular order, and only the
|
---|
5946 | first filter which fits a device is applied. So for example, if
|
---|
5947 | the first global filter says to hold (make available) a particular
|
---|
5948 | Kingston memory stick device and the second to ignore all Kingston
|
---|
5949 | devices, that memory stick will be available to any machine with
|
---|
5950 | an appropriate filter, but no other Kingston device will.
|
---|
5951 | </para>
|
---|
5952 |
|
---|
5953 | <para>
|
---|
5954 | When creating a USB filter using <computeroutput>usbfilter
|
---|
5955 | add</computeroutput>, you must supply three or four mandatory
|
---|
5956 | parameters. The index specifies the position in the list at which
|
---|
5957 | the filter should be placed. If there is already a filter at that
|
---|
5958 | position, then it and the following ones will be shifted back one
|
---|
5959 | place. Otherwise the new filter will be added onto the end of the
|
---|
5960 | list. The <computeroutput>target</computeroutput> parameter
|
---|
5961 | selects the virtual machine that the filter should be attached to
|
---|
5962 | or use "global" to apply it to all virtual machines.
|
---|
5963 | <computeroutput>name</computeroutput> is a name for the new filter
|
---|
5964 | and for global filters, <computeroutput>action</computeroutput>
|
---|
5965 | says whether to allow VMs access to devices that fit the filter
|
---|
5966 | description ("hold") or not to give them access ("ignore"). In
|
---|
5967 | addition, you should specify parameters to filter by. You can find
|
---|
5968 | the parameters for devices attached to your system using
|
---|
5969 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage list usbhost</computeroutput>. Finally,
|
---|
5970 | you can specify whether the filter should be active, and for local
|
---|
5971 | filters, whether they are for local devices, remote (over an RDP
|
---|
5972 | connection) or either.
|
---|
5973 | </para>
|
---|
5974 |
|
---|
5975 | <para>
|
---|
5976 | When you modify a USB filter using <computeroutput>usbfilter
|
---|
5977 | modify</computeroutput>, you must specify the filter by index and
|
---|
5978 | by target, which is either a virtual machine or "global". See the
|
---|
5979 | output of <computeroutput>VBoxManage list
|
---|
5980 | usbfilters</computeroutput> to find global filter indexes and
|
---|
5981 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage showvminfo</computeroutput> to find
|
---|
5982 | indexes for individual machines. The properties which can be
|
---|
5983 | changed are the same as for <computeroutput>usbfilter
|
---|
5984 | add</computeroutput>. To remove a filter, use
|
---|
5985 | <computeroutput>usbfilter remove</computeroutput> and specify the
|
---|
5986 | index and the target.
|
---|
5987 | </para>
|
---|
5988 |
|
---|
5989 | <para>
|
---|
5990 | The following is a list of the additional
|
---|
5991 | <computeroutput>usbfilter add</computeroutput> and
|
---|
5992 | <computeroutput>usbfilter modify</computeroutput> options, with
|
---|
5993 | detailed explanations on how to use them.
|
---|
5994 | </para>
|
---|
5995 |
|
---|
5996 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5997 |
|
---|
5998 | <listitem>
|
---|
5999 | <para>
|
---|
6000 | <computeroutput>--action ignore|hold</computeroutput>Specifies
|
---|
6001 | whether devices that fit the filter description are allowed
|
---|
6002 | access by machines ("hold"), or have access denied ("ignore").
|
---|
6003 | Applies to global filters only.
|
---|
6004 | </para>
|
---|
6005 | </listitem>
|
---|
6006 |
|
---|
6007 | <listitem>
|
---|
6008 | <para>
|
---|
6009 | <computeroutput>--active yes|no</computeroutput>Specifies
|
---|
6010 | whether the USB Filter is active or temporarily disabled. For
|
---|
6011 | <computeroutput>usbfilter create</computeroutput> the default
|
---|
6012 | is active.
|
---|
6013 | </para>
|
---|
6014 | </listitem>
|
---|
6015 |
|
---|
6016 | <listitem>
|
---|
6017 | <para>
|
---|
6018 | <computeroutput>--vendorid
|
---|
6019 | <XXXX>|""</computeroutput>Specifies a vendor ID filter -
|
---|
6020 | the string representation for the exact matching has the form
|
---|
6021 | XXXX, where X is the hex digit (including leading zeroes).
|
---|
6022 | </para>
|
---|
6023 | </listitem>
|
---|
6024 |
|
---|
6025 | <listitem>
|
---|
6026 | <para>
|
---|
6027 | <computeroutput>--productid
|
---|
6028 | <XXXX>|""</computeroutput>Specifies a product ID filter
|
---|
6029 | - The string representation for the exact matching has the
|
---|
6030 | form XXXX, where X is the hex digit (including leading
|
---|
6031 | zeroes).
|
---|
6032 | </para>
|
---|
6033 | </listitem>
|
---|
6034 |
|
---|
6035 | <listitem>
|
---|
6036 | <para>
|
---|
6037 | <computeroutput>--revision
|
---|
6038 | <IIFF>|""</computeroutput>Specifies a revision ID filter
|
---|
6039 | - the string representation for the exact matching has the
|
---|
6040 | form IIFF, where I is the decimal digit of the integer part of
|
---|
6041 | the revision, and F is the decimal digit of its fractional
|
---|
6042 | part (including leading and trailing zeros). Note that for
|
---|
6043 | interval filters, it's best to use the hex form, because the
|
---|
6044 | revision is stored as a 16 bit packed BCD value; so the
|
---|
6045 | expression int:0x0100-0x0199 will match any revision from 1.0
|
---|
6046 | to 1.99 inclusive.
|
---|
6047 | </para>
|
---|
6048 | </listitem>
|
---|
6049 |
|
---|
6050 | <listitem>
|
---|
6051 | <para>
|
---|
6052 | <computeroutput>--manufacturer
|
---|
6053 | <string>|""</computeroutput>Specifies a manufacturer ID
|
---|
6054 | filter, as a string.
|
---|
6055 | </para>
|
---|
6056 | </listitem>
|
---|
6057 |
|
---|
6058 | <listitem>
|
---|
6059 | <para>
|
---|
6060 | <computeroutput>--product
|
---|
6061 | <string>|""</computeroutput>Specifies a product ID
|
---|
6062 | filter, as a string.
|
---|
6063 | </para>
|
---|
6064 | </listitem>
|
---|
6065 |
|
---|
6066 | <listitem>
|
---|
6067 | <para>
|
---|
6068 | <computeroutput>--remote yes|no""</computeroutput>Specifies a
|
---|
6069 | remote filter - indicating whether the device is physically
|
---|
6070 | connected to a remote VRDE client or to a local host machine.
|
---|
6071 | Applies to VM filters only.
|
---|
6072 | </para>
|
---|
6073 | </listitem>
|
---|
6074 |
|
---|
6075 | <listitem>
|
---|
6076 | <para>
|
---|
6077 | <computeroutput>--serialnumber
|
---|
6078 | <string>|""</computeroutput>Specifies a serial number
|
---|
6079 | filter, as a string.
|
---|
6080 | </para>
|
---|
6081 | </listitem>
|
---|
6082 |
|
---|
6083 | <listitem>
|
---|
6084 | <para>
|
---|
6085 | <computeroutput>--maskedinterfaces
|
---|
6086 | <XXXXXXXX></computeroutput>Specifies a masked interface
|
---|
6087 | filter, for hiding one or more USB interfaces from the guest.
|
---|
6088 | The value is a bit mask where the set bits correspond to the
|
---|
6089 | USB interfaces that should be hidden, or masked off. This
|
---|
6090 | feature only works on Linux hosts.
|
---|
6091 | </para>
|
---|
6092 | </listitem>
|
---|
6093 |
|
---|
6094 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6095 |
|
---|
6096 | </sect1>
|
---|
6097 |
|
---|
6098 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-sharedfolder">
|
---|
6099 |
|
---|
6100 | <title>VBoxManage sharedfolder add/remove</title>
|
---|
6101 |
|
---|
6102 | <screen>
|
---|
6103 | VBoxManage sharedfolder add <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
6104 | --name <name> --hostpath <hostpath>
|
---|
6105 | [--transient] [--readonly] [--automount]
|
---|
6106 | </screen>
|
---|
6107 |
|
---|
6108 | <para>
|
---|
6109 | This command allows you to share folders on the host computer with
|
---|
6110 | guest operating systems. For this, the guest systems must have a
|
---|
6111 | version of the VirtualBox Guest Additions installed which supports
|
---|
6112 | this functionality.
|
---|
6113 | </para>
|
---|
6114 |
|
---|
6115 | <para>
|
---|
6116 | Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
6117 | </para>
|
---|
6118 |
|
---|
6119 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6120 |
|
---|
6121 | <listitem>
|
---|
6122 | <para>
|
---|
6123 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput> Specifies
|
---|
6124 | the UUID or name of the VM whose guest operating system will
|
---|
6125 | be sharing folders with the host computer. Mandatory.
|
---|
6126 | </para>
|
---|
6127 | </listitem>
|
---|
6128 |
|
---|
6129 | <listitem>
|
---|
6130 | <para>
|
---|
6131 | <computeroutput>--name <name></computeroutput> Specifies
|
---|
6132 | the name of the share. Each share has a unique name within the
|
---|
6133 | namespace of the host operating system. Mandatory.
|
---|
6134 | </para>
|
---|
6135 | </listitem>
|
---|
6136 |
|
---|
6137 | <listitem>
|
---|
6138 | <para>
|
---|
6139 | <computeroutput>-hostpath <hostpath></computeroutput>
|
---|
6140 | Specifies the absolute path on the host operating system of
|
---|
6141 | the folder/directory to be shared with the guest operating
|
---|
6142 | system. Mandatory.
|
---|
6143 | </para>
|
---|
6144 | </listitem>
|
---|
6145 |
|
---|
6146 | <listitem>
|
---|
6147 | <para>
|
---|
6148 | <computeroutput>-transient</computeroutput> Specifies that the
|
---|
6149 | share is 'transient', meaning that it can be added and removed
|
---|
6150 | at runtime and does not persist after the VM has stopped.
|
---|
6151 | Optional.
|
---|
6152 | </para>
|
---|
6153 | </listitem>
|
---|
6154 |
|
---|
6155 | <listitem>
|
---|
6156 | <para>
|
---|
6157 | <computeroutput>-readonly</computeroutput> Specifies that the
|
---|
6158 | share has only read-only access to files at the host path.
|
---|
6159 | </para>
|
---|
6160 |
|
---|
6161 | <para>
|
---|
6162 | By default, shared folders have read/write access to the files
|
---|
6163 | at the host path. More specifically, on Linux distros - shared
|
---|
6164 | folders are mounted with 770 io permissions with root user and
|
---|
6165 | vboxsf as the group, and using this option the io permissions
|
---|
6166 | change to 700. Optional.
|
---|
6167 | </para>
|
---|
6168 | </listitem>
|
---|
6169 |
|
---|
6170 | <listitem>
|
---|
6171 | <para>
|
---|
6172 | <computeroutput>-automount</computeroutput> Specifies that the
|
---|
6173 | share will be automatically mounted. On Linux distros, this
|
---|
6174 | will be to either /media/USER/sf_<name> or
|
---|
6175 | /media/sf_<name> - depending on your guest OS. Where
|
---|
6176 | <name> is the share name. Optional.
|
---|
6177 | </para>
|
---|
6178 | </listitem>
|
---|
6179 |
|
---|
6180 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6181 |
|
---|
6182 | <screen>
|
---|
6183 | VBoxManage sharedfolder remove <uuid|vmname>
|
---|
6184 | --name <name> [--transient]
|
---|
6185 |
|
---|
6186 | </screen>
|
---|
6187 |
|
---|
6188 | <para>
|
---|
6189 | This command allows you to delete shared folders on the host
|
---|
6190 | computer shares with the guest operating systems. For this, the
|
---|
6191 | guest systems must have a version of the VirtualBox Guest
|
---|
6192 | Additions installed which supports this functionality.
|
---|
6193 | </para>
|
---|
6194 |
|
---|
6195 | <para>
|
---|
6196 | Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
6197 | </para>
|
---|
6198 |
|
---|
6199 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6200 |
|
---|
6201 | <listitem>
|
---|
6202 | <para>
|
---|
6203 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput> Specifies
|
---|
6204 | the UUID or name of the VM whose guest operating system is
|
---|
6205 | sharing folders with the host computer. Mandatory.
|
---|
6206 | </para>
|
---|
6207 | </listitem>
|
---|
6208 |
|
---|
6209 | <listitem>
|
---|
6210 | <para>
|
---|
6211 | <computeroutput>--name <name></computeroutput> Specifies
|
---|
6212 | the name of the share to be removed. Each share has a unique
|
---|
6213 | name within the namespace of the host operating system.
|
---|
6214 | Mandatory.
|
---|
6215 | </para>
|
---|
6216 | </listitem>
|
---|
6217 |
|
---|
6218 | <listitem>
|
---|
6219 | <para>
|
---|
6220 | <computeroutput>-transient</computeroutput> Specifies that the
|
---|
6221 | share is 'transient', meaning that it can be added and removed
|
---|
6222 | at runtime and does not persist after the VM has stopped.
|
---|
6223 | Optional.
|
---|
6224 | </para>
|
---|
6225 | </listitem>
|
---|
6226 |
|
---|
6227 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6228 |
|
---|
6229 | <para>
|
---|
6230 | Shared folders are described in <xref linkend="sharedfolders" />.
|
---|
6231 | </para>
|
---|
6232 |
|
---|
6233 | </sect1>
|
---|
6234 |
|
---|
6235 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-guestproperty">
|
---|
6236 |
|
---|
6237 | <title>VBoxManage guestproperty</title>
|
---|
6238 |
|
---|
6239 | <para>
|
---|
6240 | The "guestproperty" commands allow you to get or set properties of
|
---|
6241 | a running virtual machine. See
|
---|
6242 | <xref linkend="guestadd-guestprops" /> for an introduction. As
|
---|
6243 | explained there, guest properties are arbitrary key/value string
|
---|
6244 | pairs which can be written to and read from by either the guest or
|
---|
6245 | the host, so they can be used as a low-volume communication
|
---|
6246 | channel for strings, provided that a guest is running and has the
|
---|
6247 | Guest Additions installed. In addition, a number of values whose
|
---|
6248 | keys begin with "/VirtualBox/" are automatically set and
|
---|
6249 | maintained by the Guest Additions.
|
---|
6250 | </para>
|
---|
6251 |
|
---|
6252 | <para>
|
---|
6253 | The following subcommands are available, where
|
---|
6254 | <computeroutput><vm></computeroutput> can either be a VM
|
---|
6255 | name or a VM UUID, as with the other VBoxManage commands:
|
---|
6256 | </para>
|
---|
6257 |
|
---|
6258 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6259 |
|
---|
6260 | <listitem>
|
---|
6261 | <para>
|
---|
6262 | <computeroutput>enumerate <vm> [--patterns
|
---|
6263 | <pattern>]</computeroutput>: This lists all the guest
|
---|
6264 | properties that are available for the given VM, including the
|
---|
6265 | value. This list will be very limited if the guest's service
|
---|
6266 | process cannot be contacted, e.g. because the VM is not
|
---|
6267 | running or the Guest Additions are not installed.
|
---|
6268 | </para>
|
---|
6269 |
|
---|
6270 | <para>
|
---|
6271 | If <computeroutput>--patterns <pattern></computeroutput>
|
---|
6272 | is specified, it acts as a filter to only list properties that
|
---|
6273 | match the given pattern. The pattern can contain the following
|
---|
6274 | wildcard characters:
|
---|
6275 | </para>
|
---|
6276 |
|
---|
6277 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6278 |
|
---|
6279 | <listitem>
|
---|
6280 | <para>
|
---|
6281 | <computeroutput>*</computeroutput> (asterisk): represents
|
---|
6282 | any number of characters; for example,
|
---|
6283 | "<computeroutput>/VirtualBox*</computeroutput>" would
|
---|
6284 | match all properties beginning with "/VirtualBox".
|
---|
6285 | </para>
|
---|
6286 | </listitem>
|
---|
6287 |
|
---|
6288 | <listitem>
|
---|
6289 | <para>
|
---|
6290 | <computeroutput>?</computeroutput> (question mark):
|
---|
6291 | represents a single arbitrary character; for example,
|
---|
6292 | "<computeroutput>fo?</computeroutput>" would match both
|
---|
6293 | "foo" and "for".
|
---|
6294 | </para>
|
---|
6295 | </listitem>
|
---|
6296 |
|
---|
6297 | <listitem>
|
---|
6298 | <para>
|
---|
6299 | <computeroutput>|</computeroutput> (pipe symbol): can be
|
---|
6300 | used to specify multiple alternative patterns; for
|
---|
6301 | example, "<computeroutput>s*|t*</computeroutput>" would
|
---|
6302 | match anything starting with either "s" or "t".
|
---|
6303 | </para>
|
---|
6304 | </listitem>
|
---|
6305 |
|
---|
6306 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6307 | </listitem>
|
---|
6308 |
|
---|
6309 | <listitem>
|
---|
6310 | <para>
|
---|
6311 | <computeroutput>get <vm> <property>
|
---|
6312 | </computeroutput>: This retrieves the value of a single
|
---|
6313 | property only. If the property cannot be found (e.g. because
|
---|
6314 | the guest is not running), this will print
|
---|
6315 |
|
---|
6316 | <screen>No value set!</screen>
|
---|
6317 | </para>
|
---|
6318 | </listitem>
|
---|
6319 |
|
---|
6320 | <listitem>
|
---|
6321 | <para>
|
---|
6322 | <computeroutput>set <vm> <property> [<value>
|
---|
6323 | [--flags <flags>]]</computeroutput>: This allows you to
|
---|
6324 | set a guest property by specifying the key and value. If
|
---|
6325 | <computeroutput><value></computeroutput> is omitted, the
|
---|
6326 | property is deleted. With
|
---|
6327 | <computeroutput>--flags</computeroutput>, you can specify
|
---|
6328 | additional behavior. You can combine several flags by
|
---|
6329 | separating them with commas.
|
---|
6330 | </para>
|
---|
6331 |
|
---|
6332 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6333 |
|
---|
6334 | <listitem>
|
---|
6335 | <para>
|
---|
6336 | <computeroutput>TRANSIENT</computeroutput>: The value will
|
---|
6337 | not be stored with the VM data when the VM exits.
|
---|
6338 | </para>
|
---|
6339 | </listitem>
|
---|
6340 |
|
---|
6341 | <listitem>
|
---|
6342 | <para>
|
---|
6343 | <computeroutput>TRANSRESET</computeroutput>: The value
|
---|
6344 | will be deleted as soon as the VM restarts and/or exits.
|
---|
6345 | </para>
|
---|
6346 | </listitem>
|
---|
6347 |
|
---|
6348 | <listitem>
|
---|
6349 | <para>
|
---|
6350 | <computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>: The value
|
---|
6351 | can only be changed by the host, but the guest can only
|
---|
6352 | read it.
|
---|
6353 | </para>
|
---|
6354 | </listitem>
|
---|
6355 |
|
---|
6356 | <listitem>
|
---|
6357 | <para>
|
---|
6358 | <computeroutput>RDONLYHOST</computeroutput>: The value can
|
---|
6359 | only be changed by the guest, but the host can only read
|
---|
6360 | it.
|
---|
6361 | </para>
|
---|
6362 | </listitem>
|
---|
6363 |
|
---|
6364 | <listitem>
|
---|
6365 | <para>
|
---|
6366 | <computeroutput>READONLY</computeroutput>: The value
|
---|
6367 | cannot be changed at all.
|
---|
6368 | </para>
|
---|
6369 | </listitem>
|
---|
6370 |
|
---|
6371 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6372 | </listitem>
|
---|
6373 |
|
---|
6374 | <listitem>
|
---|
6375 | <para>
|
---|
6376 | <computeroutput>wait <vm> <pattern> --timeout
|
---|
6377 | <timeout></computeroutput>: This waits for a particular
|
---|
6378 | value described by "pattern" to change or to be deleted or
|
---|
6379 | created. The pattern rules are the same as for the "enumerate"
|
---|
6380 | subcommand above.
|
---|
6381 | </para>
|
---|
6382 | </listitem>
|
---|
6383 |
|
---|
6384 | <listitem>
|
---|
6385 | <para>
|
---|
6386 | <computeroutput>delete <vm>
|
---|
6387 | <property></computeroutput>: Deletes a formerly set
|
---|
6388 | guest property.
|
---|
6389 | </para>
|
---|
6390 | </listitem>
|
---|
6391 |
|
---|
6392 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6393 |
|
---|
6394 | </sect1>
|
---|
6395 |
|
---|
6396 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-guestcontrol">
|
---|
6397 |
|
---|
6398 | <title>VBoxManage guestcontrol</title>
|
---|
6399 |
|
---|
6400 | <para>
|
---|
6401 | The <computeroutput>guestcontrol</computeroutput> commands enable
|
---|
6402 | control of the guest from the host. See
|
---|
6403 | <xref
|
---|
6404 | linkend="guestadd-guestcontrol" /> for an introduction.
|
---|
6405 | </para>
|
---|
6406 |
|
---|
6407 | <para>
|
---|
6408 | guestcontrol has two sets of subcommands. The first set requires
|
---|
6409 | guest credentials to be specified, the second does not.
|
---|
6410 | </para>
|
---|
6411 |
|
---|
6412 | <para>
|
---|
6413 | The first set of subcommands is of the form:
|
---|
6414 | </para>
|
---|
6415 |
|
---|
6416 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> <sub-command>
|
---|
6417 | [--username <name> ]
|
---|
6418 | [--passwordfile <file> | --password <password>]
|
---|
6419 | [--domain <domain> ]
|
---|
6420 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|quiet] ...
|
---|
6421 | </screen>
|
---|
6422 |
|
---|
6423 | <para>
|
---|
6424 | The "common-options" are:
|
---|
6425 | </para>
|
---|
6426 |
|
---|
6427 | <screen>
|
---|
6428 | [--username <name> ]
|
---|
6429 | [--passwordfile <file> | --password <password>]
|
---|
6430 | [--domain <domain> ]
|
---|
6431 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|quiet]
|
---|
6432 | </screen>
|
---|
6433 |
|
---|
6434 | <para>
|
---|
6435 | Where details of the common options for the first set of
|
---|
6436 | subcommands are:
|
---|
6437 | </para>
|
---|
6438 |
|
---|
6439 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6440 |
|
---|
6441 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6442 | <term>
|
---|
6443 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
6444 | </term>
|
---|
6445 |
|
---|
6446 | <listitem>
|
---|
6447 | <para>
|
---|
6448 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
6449 | </para>
|
---|
6450 | </listitem>
|
---|
6451 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6452 |
|
---|
6453 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6454 | <term>
|
---|
6455 | <computeroutput>--username <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
6456 | </term>
|
---|
6457 |
|
---|
6458 | <listitem>
|
---|
6459 | <para>
|
---|
6460 | Specifies the user name on guest OS under which the process
|
---|
6461 | should run. This user name must already exist on the guest
|
---|
6462 | OS. If unspecified, the host user name is used. Optional
|
---|
6463 | </para>
|
---|
6464 | </listitem>
|
---|
6465 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6466 |
|
---|
6467 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6468 | <term>
|
---|
6469 | <computeroutput>--passwordfile
|
---|
6470 | <file>|--password</computeroutput>
|
---|
6471 | </term>
|
---|
6472 |
|
---|
6473 | <listitem>
|
---|
6474 | <para>
|
---|
6475 | Specifies the absolute path on guest file system of password
|
---|
6476 | file containing the password for the specified user account
|
---|
6477 | or password for the specified user account. Optional. If
|
---|
6478 | both are omitted, empty password is assumed.
|
---|
6479 | </para>
|
---|
6480 | </listitem>
|
---|
6481 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6482 |
|
---|
6483 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6484 | <term>
|
---|
6485 | <computeroutput>--domain <domain></computeroutput>
|
---|
6486 | </term>
|
---|
6487 |
|
---|
6488 | <listitem>
|
---|
6489 | <para>
|
---|
6490 | User domain for Windows guests. Optional.
|
---|
6491 | </para>
|
---|
6492 | </listitem>
|
---|
6493 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6494 |
|
---|
6495 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6496 | <term>
|
---|
6497 | <computeroutput>-v|--verbose</computeroutput>
|
---|
6498 | </term>
|
---|
6499 |
|
---|
6500 | <listitem>
|
---|
6501 | <para>
|
---|
6502 | Makes the subcommand execution more verbose. Optional
|
---|
6503 | </para>
|
---|
6504 | </listitem>
|
---|
6505 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6506 |
|
---|
6507 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6508 | <term>
|
---|
6509 | <computeroutput>-q|--quiet</computeroutput>
|
---|
6510 | </term>
|
---|
6511 |
|
---|
6512 | <listitem>
|
---|
6513 | <para>
|
---|
6514 | Makes the subcommand execution quieter. Optional.
|
---|
6515 | </para>
|
---|
6516 | </listitem>
|
---|
6517 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6518 |
|
---|
6519 | </variablelist>
|
---|
6520 |
|
---|
6521 | <para>
|
---|
6522 | The first set of subcommands:
|
---|
6523 | </para>
|
---|
6524 |
|
---|
6525 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6526 |
|
---|
6527 | <listitem>
|
---|
6528 | <para>
|
---|
6529 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>run</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6530 | Executes a guest program - forwarding stdout, stderr and stdin
|
---|
6531 | to/from the host until it completes.
|
---|
6532 | </para>
|
---|
6533 |
|
---|
6534 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> run [common-options]
|
---|
6535 | --exe <path to executable> [--timeout <msec>]
|
---|
6536 | [-E|--putenv <NAME>[=<VALUE>]] [--unquoted-args]
|
---|
6537 | [--ignore-operhaned-processes] [--profile]
|
---|
6538 | [--no-wait-stdout|--wait-stdout]
|
---|
6539 | [--no-wait-stderr|--wait-stderr]
|
---|
6540 | [--dos2unix] [--unix2dos]
|
---|
6541 | -- <program/arg0> [argument1] ... [argumentN]]
|
---|
6542 | </screen>
|
---|
6543 |
|
---|
6544 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6545 |
|
---|
6546 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6547 | <term>
|
---|
6548 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
6549 | </term>
|
---|
6550 |
|
---|
6551 | <listitem>
|
---|
6552 | <para>
|
---|
6553 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
6554 | </para>
|
---|
6555 | </listitem>
|
---|
6556 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6557 |
|
---|
6558 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6559 | <term>
|
---|
6560 | <computeroutput>--exe <path to
|
---|
6561 | executable></computeroutput>
|
---|
6562 | </term>
|
---|
6563 |
|
---|
6564 | <listitem>
|
---|
6565 | <para>
|
---|
6566 | Specifies the absolute path of the executable on the
|
---|
6567 | guest OS file system. Mandatory. e.g.:
|
---|
6568 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</computeroutput>.
|
---|
6569 | </para>
|
---|
6570 | </listitem>
|
---|
6571 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6572 |
|
---|
6573 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6574 | <term>
|
---|
6575 | <computeroutput>--timeout <msec></computeroutput>
|
---|
6576 | </term>
|
---|
6577 |
|
---|
6578 | <listitem>
|
---|
6579 | <para>
|
---|
6580 | Specifies the maximum time (microseconds) that the
|
---|
6581 | executable can run, during which VBoxManage receives its
|
---|
6582 | output. Optional. If unspecified, VBoxManage waits
|
---|
6583 | indefinitely for the process to end, or an error occurs.
|
---|
6584 | </para>
|
---|
6585 | </listitem>
|
---|
6586 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6587 |
|
---|
6588 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6589 | <term>
|
---|
6590 | <computeroutput>-E|--putenv <NAME>=<VALUE>
|
---|
6591 | </computeroutput>
|
---|
6592 | </term>
|
---|
6593 |
|
---|
6594 | <listitem>
|
---|
6595 | <para>
|
---|
6596 | Sets/modifies/unsets environment variable(s) in the
|
---|
6597 | environment in which the program will run. Optional.
|
---|
6598 | </para>
|
---|
6599 |
|
---|
6600 | <para>
|
---|
6601 | The guest process is created with the standard default
|
---|
6602 | guest OS environment. Use this option to modify that
|
---|
6603 | default environment. To set/modify a variable use:
|
---|
6604 | <computeroutput><NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>.
|
---|
6605 | To unset a variable use:
|
---|
6606 | <computeroutput><NAME>=</computeroutput>
|
---|
6607 | </para>
|
---|
6608 |
|
---|
6609 | <para>
|
---|
6610 | Any spaces in names/values should be enclosed by quotes.
|
---|
6611 | </para>
|
---|
6612 |
|
---|
6613 | <para>
|
---|
6614 | To set/modify/unset multiple variables, use multiple
|
---|
6615 | instances of the
|
---|
6616 | <computeroutput>--E|--putenv</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
6617 | </para>
|
---|
6618 | </listitem>
|
---|
6619 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6620 |
|
---|
6621 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6622 | <term>
|
---|
6623 | <computeroutput>--unquoted-args</computeroutput>
|
---|
6624 | </term>
|
---|
6625 |
|
---|
6626 | <listitem>
|
---|
6627 | <para>
|
---|
6628 | Disables escaped double quoting (e.g. \"fred\") on
|
---|
6629 | arguments passed to the executed program. Optional.
|
---|
6630 | </para>
|
---|
6631 | </listitem>
|
---|
6632 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6633 |
|
---|
6634 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6635 | <term>
|
---|
6636 | <computeroutput>--ignore-operhaned-processes</computeroutput>
|
---|
6637 | </term>
|
---|
6638 |
|
---|
6639 | <listitem>
|
---|
6640 | <para>
|
---|
6641 | Ignore orphaned processes. Not yet implemented.
|
---|
6642 | Optional.
|
---|
6643 | </para>
|
---|
6644 | </listitem>
|
---|
6645 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6646 |
|
---|
6647 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6648 | <term>
|
---|
6649 | <computeroutput>--profile</computeroutput>
|
---|
6650 | </term>
|
---|
6651 |
|
---|
6652 | <listitem>
|
---|
6653 | <para>
|
---|
6654 | Use Profile. Not yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
6655 | </para>
|
---|
6656 | </listitem>
|
---|
6657 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6658 |
|
---|
6659 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6660 | <term>
|
---|
6661 | <computeroutput>--no-wait-stdout|--wait-stdout</computeroutput>
|
---|
6662 | </term>
|
---|
6663 |
|
---|
6664 | <listitem>
|
---|
6665 | <para>
|
---|
6666 | Does not wait/waits until the guest process ends and
|
---|
6667 | receives its exit code and reason/flags. In the case of
|
---|
6668 | --wait-stdout - while the process runs, VBoxManage
|
---|
6669 | receives its stdout. Optional.
|
---|
6670 | </para>
|
---|
6671 | </listitem>
|
---|
6672 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6673 |
|
---|
6674 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6675 | <term>
|
---|
6676 | <computeroutput>--no-wait-stderr|--wait-stderr</computeroutput>
|
---|
6677 | </term>
|
---|
6678 |
|
---|
6679 | <listitem>
|
---|
6680 | <para>
|
---|
6681 | Does not wait/waits until the guest process ends and
|
---|
6682 | receives its exit code and reason/flags. In case of
|
---|
6683 | --wait-stderr - while the process runs, VBoxManage
|
---|
6684 | receives its stderr. Optional.
|
---|
6685 | </para>
|
---|
6686 | </listitem>
|
---|
6687 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6688 |
|
---|
6689 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6690 | <term>
|
---|
6691 | <computeroutput>--dos2unix</computeroutput>
|
---|
6692 | </term>
|
---|
6693 |
|
---|
6694 | <listitem>
|
---|
6695 | <para>
|
---|
6696 | Converts output from DOS/Windows guests to
|
---|
6697 | UNIX/Linux-compatible line endings, CR + LF to LF. Not
|
---|
6698 | yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
6699 | </para>
|
---|
6700 | </listitem>
|
---|
6701 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6702 |
|
---|
6703 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6704 | <term>
|
---|
6705 | <computeroutput>--unix2dos</computeroutput>
|
---|
6706 | </term>
|
---|
6707 |
|
---|
6708 | <listitem>
|
---|
6709 | <para>
|
---|
6710 | Converts output from a UNIX/Linux guests to
|
---|
6711 | DOS/Windows-compatible line endings, LF to CR + LF. Not
|
---|
6712 | yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
6713 | </para>
|
---|
6714 | </listitem>
|
---|
6715 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6716 |
|
---|
6717 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6718 | <term>
|
---|
6719 | <computeroutput>[-- <program/arg0>
|
---|
6720 | [<argument1>] ...
|
---|
6721 | [<argumentN>]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
6722 | </term>
|
---|
6723 |
|
---|
6724 | <listitem>
|
---|
6725 | <para>
|
---|
6726 | Specifies program name, followed by one or more
|
---|
6727 | arguments to pass to the program. Optional.
|
---|
6728 | </para>
|
---|
6729 |
|
---|
6730 | <para>
|
---|
6731 | Note: Any spaces in arguments should be enclosed by
|
---|
6732 | quotes.
|
---|
6733 | </para>
|
---|
6734 | </listitem>
|
---|
6735 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6736 |
|
---|
6737 | </variablelist>
|
---|
6738 |
|
---|
6739 | <para>
|
---|
6740 | <note>
|
---|
6741 | <para>
|
---|
6742 | On Windows there are certain limitations for graphical
|
---|
6743 | applications; please see <xref linkend="KnownIssues" />
|
---|
6744 | for more information.
|
---|
6745 | </para>
|
---|
6746 | </note>
|
---|
6747 |
|
---|
6748 | Examples:
|
---|
6749 |
|
---|
6750 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" run --exe "/bin/ls"
|
---|
6751 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout -- -l /usr</screen>
|
---|
6752 |
|
---|
6753 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" run --exe "c:\\windows\\system32\\ipconfig.exe"
|
---|
6754 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout</screen>
|
---|
6755 |
|
---|
6756 | Note that the double backslashes in the second example are
|
---|
6757 | only required on Unix hosts.
|
---|
6758 | </para>
|
---|
6759 |
|
---|
6760 | <para>
|
---|
6761 | <note>
|
---|
6762 | <para>
|
---|
6763 | For certain commands a user name of an existing user
|
---|
6764 | account on the guest must be specified; anonymous
|
---|
6765 | executions are not supported for security reasons. A user
|
---|
6766 | account password, however, is optional and depends on the
|
---|
6767 | guest's OS security policy or rules. If no password is
|
---|
6768 | specified for a given user name, an empty password will be
|
---|
6769 | used. On certain OSes like Windows the security policy may
|
---|
6770 | needs to be adjusted in order to allow user accounts with
|
---|
6771 | an empty password set. Also, global domain rules might
|
---|
6772 | apply and therefore cannot be changed.
|
---|
6773 | </para>
|
---|
6774 | </note>
|
---|
6775 | </para>
|
---|
6776 |
|
---|
6777 | <para>
|
---|
6778 | Starting at VirtualBox 4.1.2 guest process execution by
|
---|
6779 | default is limited to serve up to 5 guest processes at a time.
|
---|
6780 | If a new guest process gets started which would exceed this
|
---|
6781 | limit, the oldest not running guest process will be discarded
|
---|
6782 | in order to be able to run that new process. Also, retrieving
|
---|
6783 | output from this old guest process will not be possible
|
---|
6784 | anymore then. If all 5 guest processes are still active and
|
---|
6785 | running, starting a new guest process will result in an
|
---|
6786 | appropriate error message.
|
---|
6787 | </para>
|
---|
6788 |
|
---|
6789 | <para>
|
---|
6790 | To raise or lower the guest process execution limit, either
|
---|
6791 | the guest property
|
---|
6792 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/VBoxService/--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
6793 | or VBoxService' command line by specifying
|
---|
6794 | <computeroutput>--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
6795 | needs to be modified. A restart of the guest OS is required
|
---|
6796 | afterwards. To serve unlimited guest processes, a value of
|
---|
6797 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> needs to be set (not
|
---|
6798 | recommended).
|
---|
6799 | </para>
|
---|
6800 | </listitem>
|
---|
6801 |
|
---|
6802 | <listitem>
|
---|
6803 | <para>
|
---|
6804 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>start</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6805 | Executes a guest program until it completes.
|
---|
6806 | </para>
|
---|
6807 |
|
---|
6808 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> start [common-options]
|
---|
6809 | [--exe <path to executable>] [--timeout <msec>]
|
---|
6810 | [-E|--putenv <NAME>[=<VALUE>]] [--unquoted-args]
|
---|
6811 | [--ignore-operhaned-processes] [--profile]
|
---|
6812 | -- <program/arg0> [argument1] ... [argumentN]]
|
---|
6813 | </screen>
|
---|
6814 |
|
---|
6815 | <para>
|
---|
6816 | Where the options are:
|
---|
6817 | </para>
|
---|
6818 |
|
---|
6819 | <variablelist>
|
---|
6820 |
|
---|
6821 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6822 | <term>
|
---|
6823 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
6824 | </term>
|
---|
6825 |
|
---|
6826 | <listitem>
|
---|
6827 | <para>
|
---|
6828 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
6829 | </para>
|
---|
6830 | </listitem>
|
---|
6831 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6832 |
|
---|
6833 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6834 | <term>
|
---|
6835 | <computeroutput>--exe <path to
|
---|
6836 | executable></computeroutput>
|
---|
6837 | </term>
|
---|
6838 |
|
---|
6839 | <listitem>
|
---|
6840 | <para>
|
---|
6841 | Specifies the absolute path of the executable on the
|
---|
6842 | guest OS file system. Mandatory. e.g.:
|
---|
6843 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</computeroutput>
|
---|
6844 | </para>
|
---|
6845 | </listitem>
|
---|
6846 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6847 |
|
---|
6848 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6849 | <term>
|
---|
6850 | <computeroutput>--timeout <msec></computeroutput>
|
---|
6851 | </term>
|
---|
6852 |
|
---|
6853 | <listitem>
|
---|
6854 | <para>
|
---|
6855 | Specifies the maximum time (microseconds) that the
|
---|
6856 | executable can run. Optional. If unspecified, VBoxManage
|
---|
6857 | waits indefinitely for the process to end, or an error
|
---|
6858 | occurs.
|
---|
6859 | </para>
|
---|
6860 | </listitem>
|
---|
6861 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6862 |
|
---|
6863 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6864 | <term>
|
---|
6865 | <computeroutput>-E|--putenv <NAME>=<VALUE>
|
---|
6866 | </computeroutput>
|
---|
6867 | </term>
|
---|
6868 |
|
---|
6869 | <listitem>
|
---|
6870 | <para>
|
---|
6871 | Sets/modifies/unsets environment variable(s) in the
|
---|
6872 | environment in which the program will run. Optional.
|
---|
6873 | </para>
|
---|
6874 |
|
---|
6875 | <para>
|
---|
6876 | The guest process is created with the standard default
|
---|
6877 | guest OS environment. Use this option to modify that
|
---|
6878 | default environment. To set/modify a variable use:
|
---|
6879 | <computeroutput><NAME>=<VALUE></computeroutput>.
|
---|
6880 | To unset a variable use:
|
---|
6881 | <computeroutput><NAME>=</computeroutput>
|
---|
6882 | </para>
|
---|
6883 |
|
---|
6884 | <para>
|
---|
6885 | Any spaces in names/values should be enclosed by quotes.
|
---|
6886 | </para>
|
---|
6887 |
|
---|
6888 | <para>
|
---|
6889 | To set/modify/unset multiple variables, use multiple
|
---|
6890 | instances of the
|
---|
6891 | <computeroutput>--E|--putenv</computeroutput> option.
|
---|
6892 | </para>
|
---|
6893 | </listitem>
|
---|
6894 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6895 |
|
---|
6896 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6897 | <term>
|
---|
6898 | <computeroutput>--unquoted-args</computeroutput>
|
---|
6899 | </term>
|
---|
6900 |
|
---|
6901 | <listitem>
|
---|
6902 | <para>
|
---|
6903 | Disables escaped double quoting (e.g. \"fred\") on
|
---|
6904 | arguments passed to the executed program. Optional.
|
---|
6905 | </para>
|
---|
6906 | </listitem>
|
---|
6907 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6908 |
|
---|
6909 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6910 | <term>
|
---|
6911 | <computeroutput>--ignore-operhaned-processes</computeroutput>
|
---|
6912 | </term>
|
---|
6913 |
|
---|
6914 | <listitem>
|
---|
6915 | <para>
|
---|
6916 | Ignores orphaned processes. Not yet implemented.
|
---|
6917 | Optional.
|
---|
6918 | </para>
|
---|
6919 | </listitem>
|
---|
6920 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6921 |
|
---|
6922 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6923 | <term>
|
---|
6924 | <computeroutput>--profile</computeroutput>
|
---|
6925 | </term>
|
---|
6926 |
|
---|
6927 | <listitem>
|
---|
6928 | <para>
|
---|
6929 | Use a profile. Not yet implemented. Optional.
|
---|
6930 | </para>
|
---|
6931 | </listitem>
|
---|
6932 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6933 |
|
---|
6934 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
6935 | <term>
|
---|
6936 | <computeroutput>[-- <program/arg0>
|
---|
6937 | [<argument1>] ...
|
---|
6938 | [<argumentN>]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
6939 | </term>
|
---|
6940 |
|
---|
6941 | <listitem>
|
---|
6942 | <para>
|
---|
6943 | Specifies program name, followed by one or more
|
---|
6944 | arguments to pass to the program. Optional.
|
---|
6945 | </para>
|
---|
6946 |
|
---|
6947 | <para>
|
---|
6948 | Note: Any spaces in arguments should be enclosed by
|
---|
6949 | quotes.
|
---|
6950 | </para>
|
---|
6951 | </listitem>
|
---|
6952 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
6953 |
|
---|
6954 | </variablelist>
|
---|
6955 |
|
---|
6956 | <note>
|
---|
6957 | <para>
|
---|
6958 | On Windows there are certain limitations for graphical
|
---|
6959 | applications; please see <xref linkend="KnownIssues" /> for
|
---|
6960 | more information.
|
---|
6961 | </para>
|
---|
6962 | </note>
|
---|
6963 |
|
---|
6964 | <para>
|
---|
6965 | Examples:
|
---|
6966 |
|
---|
6967 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" start --exe "/bin/ls"
|
---|
6968 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout -- -l /usr</screen>
|
---|
6969 |
|
---|
6970 | <screen>VBoxManage --nologo guestcontrol "My VM" start --exe "c:\\windows\\system32\\ipconfig.exe"
|
---|
6971 | --username foo --passwordfile bar.txt --wait-exit --wait-stdout</screen>
|
---|
6972 |
|
---|
6973 | Note that the double backslashes in the second example are
|
---|
6974 | only required on Unix hosts.
|
---|
6975 | </para>
|
---|
6976 |
|
---|
6977 | <note>
|
---|
6978 | <para>
|
---|
6979 | For certain commands a user name of an existing user account
|
---|
6980 | on the guest must be specified; anonymous executions are not
|
---|
6981 | supported for security reasons. A user account password,
|
---|
6982 | however, is optional and depends on the guest's OS security
|
---|
6983 | policy or rules. If no password is specified for a given
|
---|
6984 | user name, an empty password will be used. On certain OSes
|
---|
6985 | like Windows the security policy may needs to be adjusted in
|
---|
6986 | order to allow user accounts with an empty password set.
|
---|
6987 | Also, global domain rules might apply and therefore cannot
|
---|
6988 | be changed.
|
---|
6989 | </para>
|
---|
6990 | </note>
|
---|
6991 |
|
---|
6992 | <para>
|
---|
6993 | Starting at VirtualBox 4.1.2 guest process execution by
|
---|
6994 | default is limited to serve up to 5 guest processes at a time.
|
---|
6995 | If a new guest process gets started which would exceed this
|
---|
6996 | limit, the oldest not running guest process will be discarded
|
---|
6997 | in order to be able to run that new process. Also, retrieving
|
---|
6998 | output from this old guest process will not be possible
|
---|
6999 | anymore then. If all 5 guest processes are still active and
|
---|
7000 | running, starting a new guest process will result in an
|
---|
7001 | appropriate error message.
|
---|
7002 | </para>
|
---|
7003 |
|
---|
7004 | <para>
|
---|
7005 | To raise or lower the guest process execution limit, either
|
---|
7006 | the guest property
|
---|
7007 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/VBoxService/--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
7008 | or VBoxService' command line by specifying
|
---|
7009 | <computeroutput>--control-procs-max-kept</computeroutput>
|
---|
7010 | needs to be modified. A restart of the guest OS is required
|
---|
7011 | afterwards. To serve unlimited guest processes, a value of
|
---|
7012 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> needs to be set (not
|
---|
7013 | recommended).
|
---|
7014 | </para>
|
---|
7015 | </listitem>
|
---|
7016 |
|
---|
7017 | <listitem>
|
---|
7018 | <para>
|
---|
7019 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>copyfrom</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7020 | Copies files from the guest to the host file system. (Note -
|
---|
7021 | only with Guest Additions 4.0 or later installed).
|
---|
7022 | </para>
|
---|
7023 |
|
---|
7024 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> copyfrom [common-options]
|
---|
7025 | [--follow] [--R|recursive]
|
---|
7026 | --target-directory <host-dst-dir>
|
---|
7027 | <guest-src0> [<guest-src1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7028 |
|
---|
7029 | <para>
|
---|
7030 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7031 | </para>
|
---|
7032 |
|
---|
7033 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7034 |
|
---|
7035 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7036 | <term>
|
---|
7037 | <computeroutput><uid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7038 | </term>
|
---|
7039 |
|
---|
7040 | <listitem>
|
---|
7041 | <para>
|
---|
7042 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7043 | </para>
|
---|
7044 | </listitem>
|
---|
7045 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7046 |
|
---|
7047 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7048 | <term>
|
---|
7049 | <computeroutput>--follow</computeroutput>
|
---|
7050 | </term>
|
---|
7051 |
|
---|
7052 | <listitem>
|
---|
7053 | <para>
|
---|
7054 | Enables symlink following on the guest file system.
|
---|
7055 | Optional.
|
---|
7056 | </para>
|
---|
7057 | </listitem>
|
---|
7058 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7059 |
|
---|
7060 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7061 | <term>
|
---|
7062 | <computeroutput>-R|--recursive</computeroutput>
|
---|
7063 | </term>
|
---|
7064 |
|
---|
7065 | <listitem>
|
---|
7066 | <para>
|
---|
7067 | Enables recursive copying of files/directories from the
|
---|
7068 | specified guest file system directory. Optional.
|
---|
7069 | </para>
|
---|
7070 | </listitem>
|
---|
7071 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7072 |
|
---|
7073 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7074 | <term>
|
---|
7075 | <computeroutput>--target-directory
|
---|
7076 | <host-dst-dir></computeroutput>
|
---|
7077 | </term>
|
---|
7078 |
|
---|
7079 | <listitem>
|
---|
7080 | <para>
|
---|
7081 | Specifies the absolute path of the host file system
|
---|
7082 | destination directory. Mandatory. e.g.
|
---|
7083 | <computeroutput>C:\Temp</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7084 | </para>
|
---|
7085 | </listitem>
|
---|
7086 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7087 |
|
---|
7088 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7089 | <term>
|
---|
7090 | <computeroutput><guest-src0> [<guest-src1>
|
---|
7091 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7092 | </term>
|
---|
7093 |
|
---|
7094 | <listitem>
|
---|
7095 | <para>
|
---|
7096 | Specifies the absolute path(s) of guest file system
|
---|
7097 | file(s) to be copied. Mandatory. e.g.
|
---|
7098 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7099 | Wildcards can be used in the expression(s), e.g.
|
---|
7100 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System*\*.dll</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7101 | </para>
|
---|
7102 | </listitem>
|
---|
7103 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7104 |
|
---|
7105 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7106 | </listitem>
|
---|
7107 |
|
---|
7108 | <listitem>
|
---|
7109 | <para>
|
---|
7110 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>copyto</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7111 | Copies files from the host to the guest file system. (Note -
|
---|
7112 | only with Guest Additions 4.0 or later installed).
|
---|
7113 | </para>
|
---|
7114 |
|
---|
7115 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> copyto [common-options]
|
---|
7116 | [--follow] [--R|recursive]
|
---|
7117 | --target-directory <guest-dst>
|
---|
7118 | <host-src0> [<host-src1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7119 |
|
---|
7120 | <para>
|
---|
7121 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7122 | </para>
|
---|
7123 |
|
---|
7124 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7125 |
|
---|
7126 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7127 | <term>
|
---|
7128 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7129 | </term>
|
---|
7130 |
|
---|
7131 | <listitem>
|
---|
7132 | <para>
|
---|
7133 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7134 | </para>
|
---|
7135 | </listitem>
|
---|
7136 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7137 |
|
---|
7138 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7139 | <term>
|
---|
7140 | <computeroutput>--follow</computeroutput>
|
---|
7141 | </term>
|
---|
7142 |
|
---|
7143 | <listitem>
|
---|
7144 | <para>
|
---|
7145 | Enables symlink following on the host file system.
|
---|
7146 | Optional.
|
---|
7147 | </para>
|
---|
7148 | </listitem>
|
---|
7149 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7150 |
|
---|
7151 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7152 | <term>
|
---|
7153 | <computeroutput>-R|--recursive</computeroutput>
|
---|
7154 | </term>
|
---|
7155 |
|
---|
7156 | <listitem>
|
---|
7157 | <para>
|
---|
7158 | Enables recursive copying of files/directories from the
|
---|
7159 | specified host file system directory(ies). Optional.
|
---|
7160 | </para>
|
---|
7161 | </listitem>
|
---|
7162 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7163 |
|
---|
7164 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7165 | <term>
|
---|
7166 | <computeroutput>--target-directory
|
---|
7167 | <guest-dst></computeroutput>
|
---|
7168 | </term>
|
---|
7169 |
|
---|
7170 | <listitem>
|
---|
7171 | <para>
|
---|
7172 | Specifies the absolute path of the guest file system
|
---|
7173 | destination directory. Mandatory. e.g.
|
---|
7174 | <computeroutput>C:\Temp</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7175 | </para>
|
---|
7176 | </listitem>
|
---|
7177 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7178 |
|
---|
7179 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7180 | <term>
|
---|
7181 | <computeroutput><host-src0> [<host-src1>
|
---|
7182 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7183 | </term>
|
---|
7184 |
|
---|
7185 | <listitem>
|
---|
7186 | <para>
|
---|
7187 | Specifies the absolute path(s) of host file system
|
---|
7188 | file(s) to be copied. Mandatory. e.g.
|
---|
7189 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32\calc.exe</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7190 | Wildcards can be used in the expression(s), e.g.
|
---|
7191 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System*\*.dll</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7192 | </para>
|
---|
7193 | </listitem>
|
---|
7194 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7195 |
|
---|
7196 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7197 | </listitem>
|
---|
7198 |
|
---|
7199 | <listitem>
|
---|
7200 | <para>
|
---|
7201 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>md|mkdir|createdir|createdirectory</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7202 | Creates one or more directory(ies) on the guest file system.
|
---|
7203 | (Note - only with Guest Additions 4.0 or later installed).
|
---|
7204 | </para>
|
---|
7205 |
|
---|
7206 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> md|mkdir|createdir|createdirectory [common-options]
|
---|
7207 | [--parents] [--mode <mode>]
|
---|
7208 | <guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7209 |
|
---|
7210 | <para>
|
---|
7211 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7212 | </para>
|
---|
7213 |
|
---|
7214 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7215 |
|
---|
7216 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7217 | <term>
|
---|
7218 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7219 | </term>
|
---|
7220 |
|
---|
7221 | <listitem>
|
---|
7222 | <para>
|
---|
7223 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7224 | </para>
|
---|
7225 | </listitem>
|
---|
7226 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7227 |
|
---|
7228 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7229 | <term>
|
---|
7230 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput>
|
---|
7231 | </term>
|
---|
7232 |
|
---|
7233 | <listitem>
|
---|
7234 | <para>
|
---|
7235 | Creates any absent parent directory(ies) of the
|
---|
7236 | specified directory. Optional.
|
---|
7237 | </para>
|
---|
7238 |
|
---|
7239 | <para>
|
---|
7240 | e.g. If specified directory is
|
---|
7241 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo\Bar</computeroutput> and
|
---|
7242 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo</computeroutput> is absent, it
|
---|
7243 | will be created. In such a case, had the
|
---|
7244 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput> option not
|
---|
7245 | been used, this command would have failed.
|
---|
7246 | </para>
|
---|
7247 | </listitem>
|
---|
7248 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7249 |
|
---|
7250 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7251 | <term>
|
---|
7252 | <computeroutput>--mode <mode></computeroutput>
|
---|
7253 | </term>
|
---|
7254 |
|
---|
7255 | <listitem>
|
---|
7256 | <para>
|
---|
7257 | Specifies the permission mode on the specified
|
---|
7258 | directory(ies) (and any parents, where
|
---|
7259 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput> option used).
|
---|
7260 | Currently octal modes (e.g.
|
---|
7261 | <computeroutput>0755</computeroutput>) only are
|
---|
7262 | supported.
|
---|
7263 | </para>
|
---|
7264 | </listitem>
|
---|
7265 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7266 |
|
---|
7267 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7268 | <term>
|
---|
7269 | <computeroutput><guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1>
|
---|
7270 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7271 | </term>
|
---|
7272 |
|
---|
7273 | <listitem>
|
---|
7274 | <para>
|
---|
7275 | Specifies list of absolute path(s) of directory(ies) to
|
---|
7276 | be created on guest file system. Mandatory. e.g.
|
---|
7277 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo\Bar</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7278 | </para>
|
---|
7279 |
|
---|
7280 | <para>
|
---|
7281 | All parent directories must already exist unless switch
|
---|
7282 | <computeroutput>--parents</computeroutput> used. (e.g.
|
---|
7283 | in the above example
|
---|
7284 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo</computeroutput>). The specified
|
---|
7285 | user must have sufficient rights to create the specified
|
---|
7286 | directory(ies), and any parents that need to be created.
|
---|
7287 | </para>
|
---|
7288 | </listitem>
|
---|
7289 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7290 |
|
---|
7291 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7292 | </listitem>
|
---|
7293 |
|
---|
7294 | <listitem>
|
---|
7295 | <para>
|
---|
7296 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>rmdir|removedir|removedirectory</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7297 | Deletes specified guest file system directories. (Only with
|
---|
7298 | installed Guest Additions 4.3.2 and later).
|
---|
7299 | </para>
|
---|
7300 |
|
---|
7301 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> rmdir|removedir|removedirectory [common-options]
|
---|
7302 | [--recursive|-R]
|
---|
7303 | <guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1> [...]]
|
---|
7304 | </screen>
|
---|
7305 |
|
---|
7306 | <para>
|
---|
7307 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7308 | </para>
|
---|
7309 |
|
---|
7310 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7311 |
|
---|
7312 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7313 | <term>
|
---|
7314 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7315 | </term>
|
---|
7316 |
|
---|
7317 | <listitem>
|
---|
7318 | <para>
|
---|
7319 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7320 | </para>
|
---|
7321 | </listitem>
|
---|
7322 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7323 |
|
---|
7324 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7325 | <term>
|
---|
7326 | <computeroutput>--recursive</computeroutput>
|
---|
7327 | </term>
|
---|
7328 |
|
---|
7329 | <listitem>
|
---|
7330 | <para>
|
---|
7331 | Recursively removes directories and contents. Optional.
|
---|
7332 | </para>
|
---|
7333 | </listitem>
|
---|
7334 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7335 |
|
---|
7336 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7337 | <term>
|
---|
7338 | <computeroutput><guest-dir0> [<guest-dir1>
|
---|
7339 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7340 | </term>
|
---|
7341 |
|
---|
7342 | <listitem>
|
---|
7343 | <para>
|
---|
7344 | Specifies list of the absolute path(s) of directory(ies)
|
---|
7345 | to be deleted on guest file system. Mandatory. Wildcards
|
---|
7346 | are allowed. e.g.
|
---|
7347 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo\*Bar</computeroutput>. The
|
---|
7348 | specified user must have sufficient rights to delete the
|
---|
7349 | specified directory(ies).
|
---|
7350 | </para>
|
---|
7351 | </listitem>
|
---|
7352 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7353 |
|
---|
7354 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7355 | </listitem>
|
---|
7356 |
|
---|
7357 | <listitem>
|
---|
7358 | <para>
|
---|
7359 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>rm|removefile</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7360 | Deletes specified files on the guest file system. (Only with
|
---|
7361 | installed Guest Additions 4.3.2 and later).
|
---|
7362 | </para>
|
---|
7363 |
|
---|
7364 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> rm|removefile [common-options]
|
---|
7365 | [-f|--force]
|
---|
7366 | <guest-file0> [<guest-file1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7367 |
|
---|
7368 | <para>
|
---|
7369 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7370 | </para>
|
---|
7371 |
|
---|
7372 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7373 |
|
---|
7374 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7375 | <term>
|
---|
7376 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7377 | </term>
|
---|
7378 |
|
---|
7379 | <listitem>
|
---|
7380 | <para>
|
---|
7381 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7382 | </para>
|
---|
7383 | </listitem>
|
---|
7384 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7385 |
|
---|
7386 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7387 | <term>
|
---|
7388 | <computeroutput>-f|--force</computeroutput>
|
---|
7389 | </term>
|
---|
7390 |
|
---|
7391 | <listitem>
|
---|
7392 | <para>
|
---|
7393 | Enforce operation (override any requests for
|
---|
7394 | confirmations). Optional.
|
---|
7395 | </para>
|
---|
7396 | </listitem>
|
---|
7397 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7398 |
|
---|
7399 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7400 | <term>
|
---|
7401 | <computeroutput><guest-file0> [<guest-file1>
|
---|
7402 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7403 | </term>
|
---|
7404 |
|
---|
7405 | <listitem>
|
---|
7406 | <para>
|
---|
7407 | Specifies list of absolute path(s) of file(s) to be
|
---|
7408 | deleted on guest file system. Mandatory. Wildcards are
|
---|
7409 | allowed. e.g.
|
---|
7410 | <computeroutput>D:\Foo\Bar\text*.txt</computeroutput>.
|
---|
7411 | The specified user should have sufficient rights to
|
---|
7412 | delete the specified file(s).
|
---|
7413 | </para>
|
---|
7414 | </listitem>
|
---|
7415 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7416 |
|
---|
7417 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7418 | </listitem>
|
---|
7419 |
|
---|
7420 | <listitem>
|
---|
7421 | <para>
|
---|
7422 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>mv|move|ren|rename</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7423 | This subcommand renames file(s) and/or directory(ies) on the
|
---|
7424 | guest file system. (Only with installed Guest Additions 4.3.2
|
---|
7425 | and later).
|
---|
7426 | </para>
|
---|
7427 |
|
---|
7428 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> mv|move|ren|rename [common-options]
|
---|
7429 | <guest-source0> [<guest-source1> [...]] <guest-dest></screen>
|
---|
7430 |
|
---|
7431 | <para>
|
---|
7432 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7433 | </para>
|
---|
7434 |
|
---|
7435 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7436 |
|
---|
7437 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7438 | <term>
|
---|
7439 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7440 | </term>
|
---|
7441 |
|
---|
7442 | <listitem>
|
---|
7443 | <para>
|
---|
7444 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7445 | </para>
|
---|
7446 | </listitem>
|
---|
7447 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7448 |
|
---|
7449 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7450 | <term>
|
---|
7451 | <computeroutput><guest-source0>
|
---|
7452 | [<guest-source1> [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7453 | </term>
|
---|
7454 |
|
---|
7455 | <listitem>
|
---|
7456 | <para>
|
---|
7457 | Specifies absolute path(s) of file(s) and/or single
|
---|
7458 | directory to be moved/renamed on guest file system.
|
---|
7459 | Mandatory. Wildcards are allowed in file names(s). The
|
---|
7460 | specified user should have sufficient rights to access
|
---|
7461 | the specified file(s).
|
---|
7462 | </para>
|
---|
7463 | </listitem>
|
---|
7464 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7465 |
|
---|
7466 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7467 | <term>
|
---|
7468 | <computeroutput><dest></computeroutput>
|
---|
7469 | </term>
|
---|
7470 |
|
---|
7471 | <listitem>
|
---|
7472 | <para>
|
---|
7473 | Specifies the absolute path of the destination
|
---|
7474 | file/directory to which the file(s) are to be moved.
|
---|
7475 | Mandatory. If only one file to be moved, <dest>
|
---|
7476 | can be file or directory, else it must be a directory.
|
---|
7477 | The specified user must have sufficient rights to access
|
---|
7478 | the destination file/directory.
|
---|
7479 | </para>
|
---|
7480 | </listitem>
|
---|
7481 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7482 |
|
---|
7483 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7484 | </listitem>
|
---|
7485 |
|
---|
7486 | <listitem>
|
---|
7487 | <para>
|
---|
7488 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>mktemp|createtemp|createtemporary</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7489 | Creates a temporary file/directory on the guest file system,
|
---|
7490 | to assist subsequent copying of files from the host to the
|
---|
7491 | guest file systems. By default, the file/directory is created
|
---|
7492 | in the guest's platform specific temp directory. Not currently
|
---|
7493 | supported. (Only with installed Guest Additions 4.2 and
|
---|
7494 | later).
|
---|
7495 | </para>
|
---|
7496 |
|
---|
7497 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> mktemp|createtemp|createtemporary [common-options]
|
---|
7498 | [--directory] [--secure] [--mode <mode>] [--tmpdir <directory>]
|
---|
7499 | <template>
|
---|
7500 | </screen>
|
---|
7501 |
|
---|
7502 | <para>
|
---|
7503 | The parameters are:
|
---|
7504 | </para>
|
---|
7505 |
|
---|
7506 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7507 |
|
---|
7508 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7509 | <term>
|
---|
7510 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7511 | </term>
|
---|
7512 |
|
---|
7513 | <listitem>
|
---|
7514 | <para>
|
---|
7515 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7516 | </para>
|
---|
7517 | </listitem>
|
---|
7518 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7519 |
|
---|
7520 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7521 | <term>
|
---|
7522 | <computeroutput>--directory</computeroutput>
|
---|
7523 | </term>
|
---|
7524 |
|
---|
7525 | <listitem>
|
---|
7526 | <para>
|
---|
7527 | Creates a temporary directory instead of a file,
|
---|
7528 | specified by the <template> parameter. Optional.
|
---|
7529 | </para>
|
---|
7530 | </listitem>
|
---|
7531 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7532 |
|
---|
7533 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7534 | <term>
|
---|
7535 | <computeroutput>--secure</computeroutput>
|
---|
7536 | </term>
|
---|
7537 |
|
---|
7538 | <listitem>
|
---|
7539 | <para>
|
---|
7540 | Enforces secure file/directory creation. Optional. The
|
---|
7541 | permission mode is set to
|
---|
7542 | <computeroutput>0755</computeroutput>. Operation fails
|
---|
7543 | if it cannot be performed securely.
|
---|
7544 | </para>
|
---|
7545 | </listitem>
|
---|
7546 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7547 |
|
---|
7548 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7549 | <term>
|
---|
7550 | <computeroutput>--mode <mode></computeroutput>
|
---|
7551 | </term>
|
---|
7552 |
|
---|
7553 | <listitem>
|
---|
7554 | <para>
|
---|
7555 | Specifies the permission mode of the specified
|
---|
7556 | directory. Optional. Currently only octal modes (e.g.
|
---|
7557 | <computeroutput>0755</computeroutput>) are supported.
|
---|
7558 | </para>
|
---|
7559 | </listitem>
|
---|
7560 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7561 |
|
---|
7562 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7563 | <term>
|
---|
7564 | <computeroutput>--tmpdir
|
---|
7565 | <directory></computeroutput>
|
---|
7566 | </term>
|
---|
7567 |
|
---|
7568 | <listitem>
|
---|
7569 | <para>
|
---|
7570 | Specifies the absolute path of the directory on the
|
---|
7571 | guest file system into which the file/directory
|
---|
7572 | specified in will be created. Optional. If unspecified,
|
---|
7573 | the platform-specific temp directory is used.
|
---|
7574 | </para>
|
---|
7575 | </listitem>
|
---|
7576 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7577 |
|
---|
7578 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7579 | <term>
|
---|
7580 | <computeroutput><template></computeroutput>
|
---|
7581 | </term>
|
---|
7582 |
|
---|
7583 | <listitem>
|
---|
7584 | <para>
|
---|
7585 | Specifies a file name without a directory path,
|
---|
7586 | containing at least one sequence comprising three
|
---|
7587 | consecutive 'X' characters, or ending in 'X'. Mandatory.
|
---|
7588 | </para>
|
---|
7589 | </listitem>
|
---|
7590 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7591 |
|
---|
7592 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7593 | </listitem>
|
---|
7594 |
|
---|
7595 | <listitem>
|
---|
7596 | <para>
|
---|
7597 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>stat</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7598 | Displays file or file system status(es) on the guest.
|
---|
7599 | </para>
|
---|
7600 |
|
---|
7601 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> stat [common-options]
|
---|
7602 | <file0> [<file1> [...]]</screen>
|
---|
7603 |
|
---|
7604 | <para>
|
---|
7605 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7606 | </para>
|
---|
7607 |
|
---|
7608 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7609 |
|
---|
7610 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7611 | <term>
|
---|
7612 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7613 | </term>
|
---|
7614 |
|
---|
7615 | <listitem>
|
---|
7616 | <para>
|
---|
7617 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7618 | </para>
|
---|
7619 | </listitem>
|
---|
7620 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7621 |
|
---|
7622 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7623 | <term>
|
---|
7624 | <computeroutput><file0> [<file1>
|
---|
7625 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7626 | </term>
|
---|
7627 |
|
---|
7628 | <listitem>
|
---|
7629 | <para>
|
---|
7630 | Specifies absolute path(s) of file(s) and/or file
|
---|
7631 | system(s) on guest file system. Mandatory. e.g.
|
---|
7632 | <computeroutput>/home/foo/a.out</computeroutput>. The
|
---|
7633 | specified user should have sufficient rights to access
|
---|
7634 | the specified file(s)/file system(s).
|
---|
7635 | </para>
|
---|
7636 | </listitem>
|
---|
7637 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7638 |
|
---|
7639 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7640 | </listitem>
|
---|
7641 |
|
---|
7642 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
7643 |
|
---|
7644 | <para>
|
---|
7645 | The second set of subcommands is of the form:
|
---|
7646 | </para>
|
---|
7647 |
|
---|
7648 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> <sub-command>
|
---|
7649 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|quiet] ...
|
---|
7650 | </screen>
|
---|
7651 |
|
---|
7652 | <para>
|
---|
7653 | The "common-options" are:
|
---|
7654 | </para>
|
---|
7655 |
|
---|
7656 | <screen>
|
---|
7657 | [-v|--verbose] [-q|--quiet]
|
---|
7658 | </screen>
|
---|
7659 |
|
---|
7660 | <para>
|
---|
7661 | Where details of the common options for the second set of
|
---|
7662 | subcommands are:
|
---|
7663 | </para>
|
---|
7664 |
|
---|
7665 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7666 |
|
---|
7667 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7668 | <term>
|
---|
7669 | <computeroutput>-v|--verbose</computeroutput>
|
---|
7670 | </term>
|
---|
7671 |
|
---|
7672 | <listitem>
|
---|
7673 | <para>
|
---|
7674 | Makes the sub-command execution more verbose. Optional.
|
---|
7675 | </para>
|
---|
7676 | </listitem>
|
---|
7677 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7678 |
|
---|
7679 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7680 | <term>
|
---|
7681 | <computeroutput>-q|--quiet</computeroutput>
|
---|
7682 | </term>
|
---|
7683 |
|
---|
7684 | <listitem>
|
---|
7685 | <para>
|
---|
7686 | Makes the sub-command execution quieter. Optional.
|
---|
7687 | </para>
|
---|
7688 | </listitem>
|
---|
7689 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7690 |
|
---|
7691 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7692 |
|
---|
7693 | <para>
|
---|
7694 | The second set of subcommands:
|
---|
7695 | </para>
|
---|
7696 |
|
---|
7697 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
7698 |
|
---|
7699 | <listitem>
|
---|
7700 | <para>
|
---|
7701 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>list</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7702 | Lists guest control configuration and status data, e.g. open
|
---|
7703 | guest sessions, guest processes and files.
|
---|
7704 | </para>
|
---|
7705 |
|
---|
7706 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> list [common-opts]
|
---|
7707 | <all|sessions|processes|files> </screen>
|
---|
7708 |
|
---|
7709 | <para>
|
---|
7710 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7711 | </para>
|
---|
7712 |
|
---|
7713 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7714 |
|
---|
7715 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7716 | <term>
|
---|
7717 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7718 | </term>
|
---|
7719 |
|
---|
7720 | <listitem>
|
---|
7721 | <para>
|
---|
7722 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7723 | </para>
|
---|
7724 | </listitem>
|
---|
7725 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7726 |
|
---|
7727 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7728 | <term>
|
---|
7729 | <computeroutput>all|sessions|processes|files</computeroutput>
|
---|
7730 | </term>
|
---|
7731 |
|
---|
7732 | <listitem>
|
---|
7733 | <para>
|
---|
7734 | Indicates whether to list all available data or guest
|
---|
7735 | sessions, processes or files. Mandatory.
|
---|
7736 | </para>
|
---|
7737 | </listitem>
|
---|
7738 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7739 |
|
---|
7740 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7741 | </listitem>
|
---|
7742 |
|
---|
7743 | <listitem>
|
---|
7744 | <para>
|
---|
7745 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>closeprocess</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7746 | Terminates guest processes specified by PID(s))running in
|
---|
7747 | guest session(s), specified by the session ID or name(s).
|
---|
7748 | </para>
|
---|
7749 |
|
---|
7750 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> closeprocess [common-options]
|
---|
7751 | --session-id <ID> | --session-name <name or pattern>
|
---|
7752 | <PID0> [<PID1> [...]] </screen>
|
---|
7753 |
|
---|
7754 | <para>
|
---|
7755 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7756 | </para>
|
---|
7757 |
|
---|
7758 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7759 |
|
---|
7760 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7761 | <term>
|
---|
7762 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7763 | </term>
|
---|
7764 |
|
---|
7765 | <listitem>
|
---|
7766 | <para>
|
---|
7767 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7768 | </para>
|
---|
7769 | </listitem>
|
---|
7770 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7771 |
|
---|
7772 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7773 | <term>
|
---|
7774 | <computeroutput>--session-id <ID></computeroutput>
|
---|
7775 | </term>
|
---|
7776 |
|
---|
7777 | <listitem>
|
---|
7778 | <para>
|
---|
7779 | Specifies the guest session by its ID. Optional.
|
---|
7780 | </para>
|
---|
7781 | </listitem>
|
---|
7782 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7783 |
|
---|
7784 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7785 | <term>
|
---|
7786 | <computeroutput>--session-name <name or
|
---|
7787 | pattern></computeroutput>
|
---|
7788 | </term>
|
---|
7789 |
|
---|
7790 | <listitem>
|
---|
7791 | <para>
|
---|
7792 | Specifies the guest session by its name, or multiple
|
---|
7793 | sessions using a pattern containing wildcards. Optional.
|
---|
7794 | </para>
|
---|
7795 | </listitem>
|
---|
7796 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7797 |
|
---|
7798 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7799 | <term>
|
---|
7800 | <computeroutput><PID0> [<PID1>
|
---|
7801 | [...]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7802 | </term>
|
---|
7803 |
|
---|
7804 | <listitem>
|
---|
7805 | <para>
|
---|
7806 | Specifies a list of process identifiers (PIDs) of guest
|
---|
7807 | processes to be terminated. Mandatory.
|
---|
7808 | </para>
|
---|
7809 | </listitem>
|
---|
7810 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7811 |
|
---|
7812 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7813 | </listitem>
|
---|
7814 |
|
---|
7815 | <listitem>
|
---|
7816 | <para>
|
---|
7817 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>closesession</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7818 | Closes specified guest sessions, specified either by session
|
---|
7819 | ID or name.
|
---|
7820 | </para>
|
---|
7821 |
|
---|
7822 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> closesession [common-options]
|
---|
7823 | --session-id <ID> | --session-name <name or pattern> | --all </screen>
|
---|
7824 |
|
---|
7825 | <para>
|
---|
7826 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7827 | </para>
|
---|
7828 |
|
---|
7829 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7830 |
|
---|
7831 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7832 | <term>
|
---|
7833 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7834 | </term>
|
---|
7835 |
|
---|
7836 | <listitem>
|
---|
7837 | <para>
|
---|
7838 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7839 | </para>
|
---|
7840 | </listitem>
|
---|
7841 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7842 |
|
---|
7843 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7844 | <term>
|
---|
7845 | <computeroutput>--session-id <ID></computeroutput>
|
---|
7846 | </term>
|
---|
7847 |
|
---|
7848 | <listitem>
|
---|
7849 | <para>
|
---|
7850 | Specifies the guest session to be closed by ID.
|
---|
7851 | Optional.
|
---|
7852 | </para>
|
---|
7853 | </listitem>
|
---|
7854 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7855 |
|
---|
7856 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7857 | <term>
|
---|
7858 | <computeroutput>--session-name <name or
|
---|
7859 | pattern></computeroutput>
|
---|
7860 | </term>
|
---|
7861 |
|
---|
7862 | <listitem>
|
---|
7863 | <para>
|
---|
7864 | Specifies the guest session to be closed by name.
|
---|
7865 | Optional. Multiple sessions can be specified by using a
|
---|
7866 | pattern containing wildcards.
|
---|
7867 | </para>
|
---|
7868 | </listitem>
|
---|
7869 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7870 |
|
---|
7871 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7872 | <term>
|
---|
7873 | <computeroutput>--all</computeroutput>
|
---|
7874 | </term>
|
---|
7875 |
|
---|
7876 | <listitem>
|
---|
7877 | <para>
|
---|
7878 | Close all guest sessions. Optional.
|
---|
7879 | </para>
|
---|
7880 | </listitem>
|
---|
7881 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7882 |
|
---|
7883 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7884 | </listitem>
|
---|
7885 |
|
---|
7886 | <listitem>
|
---|
7887 | <para>
|
---|
7888 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>updatega|updateadditions|updateguestadditions</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7889 | Ugrades Guest Additions already installed on the guest. (Only
|
---|
7890 | already installed Guest Additions 4.0 and later).
|
---|
7891 | </para>
|
---|
7892 |
|
---|
7893 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> updatega|updateadditions|updateguestadditions
|
---|
7894 | [common-options]
|
---|
7895 | [--source <New .ISO path>]
|
---|
7896 | [--wait-start]
|
---|
7897 | [-- <argument0> [<argument1> [...]]]</screen>
|
---|
7898 |
|
---|
7899 | <para>
|
---|
7900 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7901 | </para>
|
---|
7902 |
|
---|
7903 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7904 |
|
---|
7905 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7906 | <term>
|
---|
7907 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7908 | </term>
|
---|
7909 |
|
---|
7910 | <listitem>
|
---|
7911 | <para>
|
---|
7912 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
7913 | </para>
|
---|
7914 | </listitem>
|
---|
7915 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7916 |
|
---|
7917 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7918 | <term>
|
---|
7919 | <computeroutput>--source</computeroutput> <New .ISO
|
---|
7920 | path>
|
---|
7921 | </term>
|
---|
7922 |
|
---|
7923 | <listitem>
|
---|
7924 | <para>
|
---|
7925 | Specifies the absolute path on guest file system of the
|
---|
7926 | .ISO file for Guest Additions update. Mandatory.
|
---|
7927 | </para>
|
---|
7928 | </listitem>
|
---|
7929 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7930 |
|
---|
7931 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7932 | <term>
|
---|
7933 | <computeroutput>--wait-start</computeroutput>
|
---|
7934 | </term>
|
---|
7935 |
|
---|
7936 | <listitem>
|
---|
7937 | <para>
|
---|
7938 | Indicates that VBoxManage starts the usual updating
|
---|
7939 | process on the guest and then waits until the actual
|
---|
7940 | Guest Additions updating begins, at which point
|
---|
7941 | VBoxManage self-terminates. Optional.
|
---|
7942 | </para>
|
---|
7943 |
|
---|
7944 | <para>
|
---|
7945 | Default behavior is that VBoxManage waits for completion
|
---|
7946 | of the Guest Additions update before terminating. Use of
|
---|
7947 | this option is sometimes necessary, as a running
|
---|
7948 | VBoxManage can affect the interaction between the
|
---|
7949 | installer and the guest OS.
|
---|
7950 | </para>
|
---|
7951 | </listitem>
|
---|
7952 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7953 |
|
---|
7954 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7955 | <term>
|
---|
7956 | <computeroutput>[-- <argument0> [<argument1>
|
---|
7957 | [...]]]</computeroutput>
|
---|
7958 | </term>
|
---|
7959 |
|
---|
7960 | <listitem>
|
---|
7961 | <para>
|
---|
7962 | Specifies optional command line arguments to be supplied
|
---|
7963 | to the Guest Additions updater. Useful for retrofitting
|
---|
7964 | features which are not currently installed.
|
---|
7965 | </para>
|
---|
7966 |
|
---|
7967 | <para>
|
---|
7968 | Arguments containing spaces should be enclosed by
|
---|
7969 | quotes.
|
---|
7970 | </para>
|
---|
7971 | </listitem>
|
---|
7972 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
7973 |
|
---|
7974 | </variablelist>
|
---|
7975 | </listitem>
|
---|
7976 |
|
---|
7977 | <listitem>
|
---|
7978 | <para>
|
---|
7979 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>watch</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
7980 | This subcommand prints current guest control activity.
|
---|
7981 | </para>
|
---|
7982 |
|
---|
7983 | <screen>VBoxManage guestcontrol <uuid|vmname> watch [common-options]
|
---|
7984 | </screen>
|
---|
7985 |
|
---|
7986 | <para>
|
---|
7987 | Where the parameters are:
|
---|
7988 | </para>
|
---|
7989 |
|
---|
7990 | <variablelist>
|
---|
7991 |
|
---|
7992 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
7993 | <term>
|
---|
7994 | <computeroutput><uuid|vmname></computeroutput>
|
---|
7995 | </term>
|
---|
7996 |
|
---|
7997 | <listitem>
|
---|
7998 | <para>
|
---|
7999 | Specifies the VM UUID or VM name. Mandatory.
|
---|
8000 | </para>
|
---|
8001 | </listitem>
|
---|
8002 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8003 |
|
---|
8004 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8005 | </listitem>
|
---|
8006 |
|
---|
8007 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
8008 |
|
---|
8009 | </sect1>
|
---|
8010 |
|
---|
8011 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-metrics">
|
---|
8012 |
|
---|
8013 | <title>VBoxManage metrics</title>
|
---|
8014 |
|
---|
8015 | <para>
|
---|
8016 | This command supports monitoring the usage of system resources.
|
---|
8017 | Resources are represented by various metrics associated with the
|
---|
8018 | host system or a particular VM. For example, the host system has a
|
---|
8019 | <computeroutput>CPU/Load/User</computeroutput> metric that shows
|
---|
8020 | the percentage of time CPUs spend executing in user mode over a
|
---|
8021 | specific sampling period.
|
---|
8022 | </para>
|
---|
8023 |
|
---|
8024 | <para>
|
---|
8025 | Metric data is collected and retained internally; it may be
|
---|
8026 | retrieved at any time with the <computeroutput>VBoxManage metrics
|
---|
8027 | query</computeroutput> subcommand. The data is available as long
|
---|
8028 | as the background <computeroutput>VBoxSVC</computeroutput> process
|
---|
8029 | is alive. That process terminates shortly after all VMs and
|
---|
8030 | frontends have been closed.
|
---|
8031 | </para>
|
---|
8032 |
|
---|
8033 | <para>
|
---|
8034 | By default no metrics are collected at all. Metrics collection
|
---|
8035 | does not start until <computeroutput>VBoxManage metrics
|
---|
8036 | setup</computeroutput> is invoked with a proper sampling interval
|
---|
8037 | and the number of metrics to be retained. The interval is measured
|
---|
8038 | in seconds. For example, to enable collecting the host processor
|
---|
8039 | and memory usage metrics every second and keeping the 5 most
|
---|
8040 | current samples, the following command can be used:
|
---|
8041 | </para>
|
---|
8042 |
|
---|
8043 | <screen>VBoxManage metrics setup --period 1 --samples 5 host CPU/Load,RAM/Usage</screen>
|
---|
8044 |
|
---|
8045 | <para>
|
---|
8046 | Metric collection can only be enabled for started VMs. Collected
|
---|
8047 | data and collection settings for a particular VM will disappear as
|
---|
8048 | soon as it shuts down. Use <computeroutput>VBoxManage metrics list
|
---|
8049 | </computeroutput> subcommand to see which metrics are currently
|
---|
8050 | available. You can also use
|
---|
8051 | <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> option with any subcommand
|
---|
8052 | that modifies metric settings to find out which metrics were
|
---|
8053 | affected.
|
---|
8054 | </para>
|
---|
8055 |
|
---|
8056 | <para>
|
---|
8057 | Note that the <computeroutput>VBoxManage metrics
|
---|
8058 | setup</computeroutput> subcommand discards all samples that may
|
---|
8059 | have been previously collected for the specified set of objects
|
---|
8060 | and metrics.
|
---|
8061 | </para>
|
---|
8062 |
|
---|
8063 | <para>
|
---|
8064 | To enable or disable metrics collection without discarding the
|
---|
8065 | data <computeroutput>VBoxManage metrics enable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8066 | and <computeroutput>VBoxManage metrics disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8067 | subcommands can be used. Note that these subcommands expect
|
---|
8068 | metrics, not submetrics, like <code>CPU/Load</code> or
|
---|
8069 | <code>RAM/Usage</code> as parameters. In other words enabling
|
---|
8070 | <code>CPU/Load/User</code> while disabling
|
---|
8071 | <code>CPU/Load/Kernel</code> is not supported.
|
---|
8072 | </para>
|
---|
8073 |
|
---|
8074 | <para>
|
---|
8075 | The host and VMs have different sets of associated metrics.
|
---|
8076 | Available metrics can be listed with <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
8077 | metrics list</computeroutput> subcommand.
|
---|
8078 | </para>
|
---|
8079 |
|
---|
8080 | <para>
|
---|
8081 | A complete metric name may include an aggregate function. The name
|
---|
8082 | has the following form:
|
---|
8083 | <computeroutput>Category/Metric[/SubMetric][:aggregate]</computeroutput>.
|
---|
8084 | For example, <computeroutput>RAM/Usage/Free:min</computeroutput>
|
---|
8085 | stands for the minimum amount of available memory over all
|
---|
8086 | retained data if applied to the host object.
|
---|
8087 | </para>
|
---|
8088 |
|
---|
8089 | <para>
|
---|
8090 | Subcommands may apply to all objects and metrics or can be limited
|
---|
8091 | to one object or/and a list of metrics. If no objects or metrics
|
---|
8092 | are given in the parameters, the subcommands will apply to all
|
---|
8093 | available metrics of all objects. You may use an asterisk
|
---|
8094 | ("<computeroutput>*</computeroutput>") to explicitly specify that
|
---|
8095 | the command should be applied to all objects or metrics. Use
|
---|
8096 | "host" as the object name to limit the scope of the command to
|
---|
8097 | host-related metrics. To limit the scope to a subset of metrics,
|
---|
8098 | use a metric list with names separated by commas.
|
---|
8099 | </para>
|
---|
8100 |
|
---|
8101 | <para>
|
---|
8102 | For example, to query metric data on the CPU time spent in user
|
---|
8103 | and kernel modes by the virtual machine named "test", you can use
|
---|
8104 | the following command:
|
---|
8105 | </para>
|
---|
8106 |
|
---|
8107 | <screen>VBoxManage metrics query test CPU/Load/User,CPU/Load/Kernel</screen>
|
---|
8108 |
|
---|
8109 | <para>
|
---|
8110 | The following list summarizes the available subcommands:
|
---|
8111 | </para>
|
---|
8112 |
|
---|
8113 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8114 |
|
---|
8115 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8116 | <term>
|
---|
8117 | <computeroutput>list</computeroutput>
|
---|
8118 | </term>
|
---|
8119 |
|
---|
8120 | <listitem>
|
---|
8121 | <para>
|
---|
8122 | This subcommand shows the parameters of the currently
|
---|
8123 | existing metrics. Note that VM-specific metrics are only
|
---|
8124 | available when a particular VM is running.
|
---|
8125 | </para>
|
---|
8126 | </listitem>
|
---|
8127 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8128 |
|
---|
8129 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8130 | <term>
|
---|
8131 | <computeroutput>setup</computeroutput>
|
---|
8132 | </term>
|
---|
8133 |
|
---|
8134 | <listitem>
|
---|
8135 | <para>
|
---|
8136 | This subcommand sets the interval between taking two samples
|
---|
8137 | of metric data and the number of samples retained
|
---|
8138 | internally. The retained data is available for displaying
|
---|
8139 | with the <code>query</code> subcommand. The
|
---|
8140 | <computeroutput>--list </computeroutput> option shows which
|
---|
8141 | metrics have been modified as the result of the command
|
---|
8142 | execution.
|
---|
8143 | </para>
|
---|
8144 | </listitem>
|
---|
8145 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8146 |
|
---|
8147 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8148 | <term>
|
---|
8149 | <computeroutput>enable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8150 | </term>
|
---|
8151 |
|
---|
8152 | <listitem>
|
---|
8153 | <para>
|
---|
8154 | This subcommand "resumes" data collection after it has been
|
---|
8155 | stopped with <code>disable</code> subcommand. Note that
|
---|
8156 | specifying submetrics as parameters will not enable
|
---|
8157 | underlying metrics. Use
|
---|
8158 | <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> to find out if the
|
---|
8159 | command did what was expected.
|
---|
8160 | </para>
|
---|
8161 | </listitem>
|
---|
8162 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8163 |
|
---|
8164 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8165 | <term>
|
---|
8166 | <computeroutput>disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8167 | </term>
|
---|
8168 |
|
---|
8169 | <listitem>
|
---|
8170 | <para>
|
---|
8171 | This subcommand "suspends" data collection without affecting
|
---|
8172 | collection parameters or collected data. Note that
|
---|
8173 | specifying submetrics as parameters will not disable
|
---|
8174 | underlying metrics. Use
|
---|
8175 | <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> to find out if the
|
---|
8176 | command did what was expected.
|
---|
8177 | </para>
|
---|
8178 | </listitem>
|
---|
8179 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8180 |
|
---|
8181 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8182 | <term>
|
---|
8183 | <computeroutput>query</computeroutput>
|
---|
8184 | </term>
|
---|
8185 |
|
---|
8186 | <listitem>
|
---|
8187 | <para>
|
---|
8188 | This subcommand retrieves and displays the currently
|
---|
8189 | retained metric data.
|
---|
8190 |
|
---|
8191 | <note>
|
---|
8192 | <para>
|
---|
8193 | The <code>query</code> subcommand does not remove or
|
---|
8194 | "flush" retained data. If you query often enough you
|
---|
8195 | will see how old samples are gradually being "phased
|
---|
8196 | out" by new samples.
|
---|
8197 | </para>
|
---|
8198 | </note>
|
---|
8199 | </para>
|
---|
8200 | </listitem>
|
---|
8201 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8202 |
|
---|
8203 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8204 | <term>
|
---|
8205 | <computeroutput>collect</computeroutput>
|
---|
8206 | </term>
|
---|
8207 |
|
---|
8208 | <listitem>
|
---|
8209 | <para>
|
---|
8210 | This subcommand sets the interval between taking two samples
|
---|
8211 | of metric data and the number of samples retained
|
---|
8212 | internally. The collected data is displayed periodically
|
---|
8213 | until Ctrl-C is pressed unless the
|
---|
8214 | <computeroutput>--detach</computeroutput> option is
|
---|
8215 | specified. With the
|
---|
8216 | <computeroutput>--detach</computeroutput> option, this
|
---|
8217 | subcommand operates the same way as <code>setup</code> does.
|
---|
8218 | The <computeroutput>--list</computeroutput> option shows
|
---|
8219 | which metrics match the specified filter.
|
---|
8220 | </para>
|
---|
8221 | </listitem>
|
---|
8222 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8223 |
|
---|
8224 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8225 |
|
---|
8226 | </sect1>
|
---|
8227 |
|
---|
8228 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-natnetwork">
|
---|
8229 |
|
---|
8230 | <title>VBoxManage natnetwork</title>
|
---|
8231 |
|
---|
8232 | <para>
|
---|
8233 | NAT networks use the Network Address Translation (NAT) service,
|
---|
8234 | which works in a similar way to a home router. It groups systems
|
---|
8235 | using it into a network and prevents outside systems from directly
|
---|
8236 | accessing those inside, while letting systems inside communicate
|
---|
8237 | with each other and outside systems using TCP and UDP over IPv4
|
---|
8238 | and IPv6.
|
---|
8239 | </para>
|
---|
8240 |
|
---|
8241 | <para>
|
---|
8242 | A NAT service is attached to an internal network. Virtual machines
|
---|
8243 | to make use of one should be attached to it. The name of an
|
---|
8244 | internal network is chosen when the NAT service is created, and
|
---|
8245 | the internal network will be created if it does not already exist.
|
---|
8246 | An example command to create a NAT network:
|
---|
8247 | </para>
|
---|
8248 |
|
---|
8249 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork add --netname natnet1 --network "192.168.15.0/24" --enable</screen>
|
---|
8250 |
|
---|
8251 | <para>
|
---|
8252 | Here, "natnet1" is the name of the internal network to be used and
|
---|
8253 | "192.168.15.0/24" is the network address and mask of the NAT
|
---|
8254 | service interface. By default, in this static configuration the
|
---|
8255 | gateway will be assigned the address 192.168.15.1, the address
|
---|
8256 | after the interface address, though this is subject to change.
|
---|
8257 | </para>
|
---|
8258 |
|
---|
8259 | <para>
|
---|
8260 | To add a DHCP server to the NAT network after creation:
|
---|
8261 | </para>
|
---|
8262 |
|
---|
8263 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork modify --netname natnet1 --dhcp on</screen>
|
---|
8264 |
|
---|
8265 | <para>
|
---|
8266 | Below are the subcommands for
|
---|
8267 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>VBoxManage natnetwork
|
---|
8268 | </computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
8269 | </para>
|
---|
8270 |
|
---|
8271 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork add --netname <name>
|
---|
8272 | [--network <network>]
|
---|
8273 | [--enable|--disable]
|
---|
8274 | [--dhcp on|off]
|
---|
8275 | [--port-forward-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8276 | [--loopback-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8277 | [--ipv6 on|off]
|
---|
8278 | [--port-forward-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8279 | [--loopback-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8280 | </screen>
|
---|
8281 |
|
---|
8282 | <para>
|
---|
8283 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>VBoxManage natnetwork
|
---|
8284 | add</computeroutput></emphasis> Creates a new internal network
|
---|
8285 | interface, and adds a NAT network service. This command is a
|
---|
8286 | prerequisite for enabling attachment of VMs to the NAT network.
|
---|
8287 | Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8288 | </para>
|
---|
8289 |
|
---|
8290 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8291 |
|
---|
8292 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8293 | <term>
|
---|
8294 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8295 | </term>
|
---|
8296 |
|
---|
8297 | <listitem>
|
---|
8298 | <para>
|
---|
8299 | Where <name> is the name of the new internal network
|
---|
8300 | interface on the host OS.
|
---|
8301 | </para>
|
---|
8302 | </listitem>
|
---|
8303 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8304 |
|
---|
8305 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8306 | <term>
|
---|
8307 | <computeroutput>--network <network></computeroutput>
|
---|
8308 | </term>
|
---|
8309 |
|
---|
8310 | <listitem>
|
---|
8311 | <para>
|
---|
8312 | Where <network> specifies the static(default)/DHCP
|
---|
8313 | network address and mask of the NAT service interface.
|
---|
8314 | </para>
|
---|
8315 | </listitem>
|
---|
8316 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8317 |
|
---|
8318 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8319 | <term>
|
---|
8320 | <computeroutput>--enable|--disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8321 | </term>
|
---|
8322 |
|
---|
8323 | <listitem>
|
---|
8324 | <para>
|
---|
8325 | Enables/disables the NAT network service.
|
---|
8326 | </para>
|
---|
8327 | </listitem>
|
---|
8328 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8329 |
|
---|
8330 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8331 | <term>
|
---|
8332 | <computeroutput>--dhcp on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8333 | </term>
|
---|
8334 |
|
---|
8335 | <listitem>
|
---|
8336 | <para>
|
---|
8337 | Enables/disables DHCP server specified by --netname; its use
|
---|
8338 | also indicates that it is a DHCP server.
|
---|
8339 | </para>
|
---|
8340 | </listitem>
|
---|
8341 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8342 |
|
---|
8343 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8344 | <term>
|
---|
8345 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8346 | </term>
|
---|
8347 |
|
---|
8348 | <listitem>
|
---|
8349 | <para>
|
---|
8350 | Enables IPv4 port forwarding, rule specified by
|
---|
8351 | <rule>.
|
---|
8352 | </para>
|
---|
8353 | </listitem>
|
---|
8354 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8355 |
|
---|
8356 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8357 | <term>
|
---|
8358 | <computeroutput>--loopback-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8359 | </term>
|
---|
8360 |
|
---|
8361 | <listitem>
|
---|
8362 | <para>
|
---|
8363 | Enables IPv4 loopback interface, rule specified by
|
---|
8364 | <rule>.
|
---|
8365 | </para>
|
---|
8366 | </listitem>
|
---|
8367 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8368 |
|
---|
8369 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8370 | <term>
|
---|
8371 | <computeroutput>--ipv6 on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8372 | </term>
|
---|
8373 |
|
---|
8374 | <listitem>
|
---|
8375 | <para>
|
---|
8376 | Enables/disables IPv6 (default is IPv4, disables gives
|
---|
8377 | IPv4).
|
---|
8378 | </para>
|
---|
8379 | </listitem>
|
---|
8380 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8381 |
|
---|
8382 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8383 | <term>
|
---|
8384 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8385 | </term>
|
---|
8386 |
|
---|
8387 | <listitem>
|
---|
8388 | <para>
|
---|
8389 | Enables IPv6 port forwarding, rule specified by
|
---|
8390 | <rule>.
|
---|
8391 | </para>
|
---|
8392 | </listitem>
|
---|
8393 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8394 |
|
---|
8395 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8396 | <term>
|
---|
8397 | <computeroutput>--loopback-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8398 | </term>
|
---|
8399 |
|
---|
8400 | <listitem>
|
---|
8401 | <para>
|
---|
8402 | Enables IPv6 loopback interface, rule specified by
|
---|
8403 | <rule>.
|
---|
8404 | </para>
|
---|
8405 | </listitem>
|
---|
8406 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8407 |
|
---|
8408 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8409 |
|
---|
8410 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork remove --netname <name> </screen>
|
---|
8411 |
|
---|
8412 | <para>
|
---|
8413 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>VBoxManage natnetwork
|
---|
8414 | remove</computeroutput></emphasis> Removes a NAT network service.
|
---|
8415 | Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8416 | </para>
|
---|
8417 |
|
---|
8418 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8419 |
|
---|
8420 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8421 | <term>
|
---|
8422 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8423 | </term>
|
---|
8424 |
|
---|
8425 | <listitem>
|
---|
8426 | <para>
|
---|
8427 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8428 | service. Does not remove any DHCP server enabled on the
|
---|
8429 | network.
|
---|
8430 | </para>
|
---|
8431 | </listitem>
|
---|
8432 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8433 |
|
---|
8434 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8435 |
|
---|
8436 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork modify --netname <name>
|
---|
8437 | [--network <network>]
|
---|
8438 | [--enable|--disable]
|
---|
8439 | [--dhcp on|off]
|
---|
8440 | [--port-forward-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8441 | [--loopback-4 <rule>]
|
---|
8442 | [--ipv6 on|off]
|
---|
8443 | [--port-forward-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8444 | [--loopback-6 <rule>]
|
---|
8445 | </screen>
|
---|
8446 |
|
---|
8447 | <para>
|
---|
8448 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>VBoxManage natnetwork
|
---|
8449 | modify</computeroutput></emphasis> Modifies an existing NAT
|
---|
8450 | network service. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8451 | </para>
|
---|
8452 |
|
---|
8453 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8454 |
|
---|
8455 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8456 | <term>
|
---|
8457 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8458 | </term>
|
---|
8459 |
|
---|
8460 | <listitem>
|
---|
8461 | <para>
|
---|
8462 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8463 | service.
|
---|
8464 | </para>
|
---|
8465 | </listitem>
|
---|
8466 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8467 |
|
---|
8468 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8469 | <term>
|
---|
8470 | <computeroutput>--network <network></computeroutput>
|
---|
8471 | </term>
|
---|
8472 |
|
---|
8473 | <listitem>
|
---|
8474 | <para>
|
---|
8475 | Where <network> specifies the new static(default)/DHCP
|
---|
8476 | network address and mask of the NAT service interface.
|
---|
8477 | </para>
|
---|
8478 | </listitem>
|
---|
8479 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8480 |
|
---|
8481 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8482 | <term>
|
---|
8483 | <computeroutput>--enable|--disable</computeroutput>
|
---|
8484 | </term>
|
---|
8485 |
|
---|
8486 | <listitem>
|
---|
8487 | <para>
|
---|
8488 | Enables/disables the NAT network service.
|
---|
8489 | </para>
|
---|
8490 | </listitem>
|
---|
8491 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8492 |
|
---|
8493 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8494 | <term>
|
---|
8495 | <computeroutput>--dhcp on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8496 | </term>
|
---|
8497 |
|
---|
8498 | <listitem>
|
---|
8499 | <para>
|
---|
8500 | Enables (and if absent, adds)/disables (if any) DHCP server.
|
---|
8501 | </para>
|
---|
8502 | </listitem>
|
---|
8503 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8504 |
|
---|
8505 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8506 | <term>
|
---|
8507 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8508 | </term>
|
---|
8509 |
|
---|
8510 | <listitem>
|
---|
8511 | <para>
|
---|
8512 | Enables IPv4 port forwarding, rule specified by
|
---|
8513 | <rule>.
|
---|
8514 | </para>
|
---|
8515 | </listitem>
|
---|
8516 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8517 |
|
---|
8518 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8519 | <term>
|
---|
8520 | <computeroutput>--loopback-4 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8521 | </term>
|
---|
8522 |
|
---|
8523 | <listitem>
|
---|
8524 | <para>
|
---|
8525 | Enables IPv4 loopback interface, rule specified by
|
---|
8526 | <rule>.
|
---|
8527 | </para>
|
---|
8528 | </listitem>
|
---|
8529 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8530 |
|
---|
8531 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8532 | <term>
|
---|
8533 | <computeroutput>--ipv6 on|off</computeroutput>
|
---|
8534 | </term>
|
---|
8535 |
|
---|
8536 | <listitem>
|
---|
8537 | <para>
|
---|
8538 | Enables/disables IPv6 (default is IPv4, disables gives
|
---|
8539 | IPv4).
|
---|
8540 | </para>
|
---|
8541 | </listitem>
|
---|
8542 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8543 |
|
---|
8544 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8545 | <term>
|
---|
8546 | <computeroutput>--port-forward-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8547 | </term>
|
---|
8548 |
|
---|
8549 | <listitem>
|
---|
8550 | <para>
|
---|
8551 | Enables IPv6 port forwarding, rule specified by
|
---|
8552 | <rule>.
|
---|
8553 | </para>
|
---|
8554 | </listitem>
|
---|
8555 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8556 |
|
---|
8557 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8558 | <term>
|
---|
8559 | <computeroutput>--loopback-6 <rule></computeroutput>
|
---|
8560 | </term>
|
---|
8561 |
|
---|
8562 | <listitem>
|
---|
8563 | <para>
|
---|
8564 | Enables IPv6 loopback interface, rule specified by
|
---|
8565 | <rule>.
|
---|
8566 | </para>
|
---|
8567 | </listitem>
|
---|
8568 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8569 |
|
---|
8570 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8571 |
|
---|
8572 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork start --netname <name>
|
---|
8573 | </screen>
|
---|
8574 |
|
---|
8575 | <para>
|
---|
8576 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>VBoxManage natnetwork
|
---|
8577 | start</computeroutput></emphasis> Starts specified NAT network
|
---|
8578 | service and any associated DHCP server. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8579 | </para>
|
---|
8580 |
|
---|
8581 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8582 |
|
---|
8583 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8584 | <term>
|
---|
8585 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8586 | </term>
|
---|
8587 |
|
---|
8588 | <listitem>
|
---|
8589 | <para>
|
---|
8590 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8591 | service.
|
---|
8592 | </para>
|
---|
8593 | </listitem>
|
---|
8594 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8595 |
|
---|
8596 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8597 |
|
---|
8598 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork stop --netname <name>
|
---|
8599 | </screen>
|
---|
8600 |
|
---|
8601 | <para>
|
---|
8602 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>VBoxManage natnetwork
|
---|
8603 | stop</computeroutput></emphasis> Stops specified NAT network
|
---|
8604 | service and any DHCP server. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8605 | </para>
|
---|
8606 |
|
---|
8607 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8608 |
|
---|
8609 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8610 | <term>
|
---|
8611 | <computeroutput>--netname <name></computeroutput>
|
---|
8612 | </term>
|
---|
8613 |
|
---|
8614 | <listitem>
|
---|
8615 | <para>
|
---|
8616 | Where <name> specifies an existing NAT network
|
---|
8617 | service.
|
---|
8618 | </para>
|
---|
8619 | </listitem>
|
---|
8620 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8621 |
|
---|
8622 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8623 |
|
---|
8624 | <screen>VBoxManage natnetwork list [<pattern>] </screen>
|
---|
8625 |
|
---|
8626 | <para>
|
---|
8627 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>VBoxManage natnetwork
|
---|
8628 | list</computeroutput></emphasis> Lists all NAT network services
|
---|
8629 | with optional filtering. Parameters are as follows:
|
---|
8630 | </para>
|
---|
8631 |
|
---|
8632 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8633 |
|
---|
8634 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8635 | <term>
|
---|
8636 | <computeroutput>[<pattern>]</computeroutput>
|
---|
8637 | </term>
|
---|
8638 |
|
---|
8639 | <listitem>
|
---|
8640 | <para>
|
---|
8641 | Where <pattern> is optional filtering pattern.
|
---|
8642 | </para>
|
---|
8643 | </listitem>
|
---|
8644 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8645 |
|
---|
8646 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8647 |
|
---|
8648 | </sect1>
|
---|
8649 |
|
---|
8650 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-hostonlyif">
|
---|
8651 |
|
---|
8652 | <title>VBoxManage hostonlyif</title>
|
---|
8653 |
|
---|
8654 | <para>
|
---|
8655 | With "hostonlyif" you can change the IP configuration of a
|
---|
8656 | host-only network interface. For a description of host-only
|
---|
8657 | networking, see <xref linkend="network_hostonly" />. Each
|
---|
8658 | host-only interface is identified by a name and can either use the
|
---|
8659 | internal DHCP server or a manual IP configuration, both IP4 and
|
---|
8660 | IP6.
|
---|
8661 | </para>
|
---|
8662 |
|
---|
8663 | <para>
|
---|
8664 | The following list summarizes the available subcommands:
|
---|
8665 | </para>
|
---|
8666 |
|
---|
8667 | <variablelist>
|
---|
8668 |
|
---|
8669 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8670 | <term>
|
---|
8671 | <computeroutput>ipconfig "<name>"</computeroutput>
|
---|
8672 | </term>
|
---|
8673 |
|
---|
8674 | <listitem>
|
---|
8675 | <para>
|
---|
8676 | Configure a host-only interface
|
---|
8677 | </para>
|
---|
8678 | </listitem>
|
---|
8679 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8680 |
|
---|
8681 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8682 | <term>
|
---|
8683 | <computeroutput>create</computeroutput>
|
---|
8684 | </term>
|
---|
8685 |
|
---|
8686 | <listitem>
|
---|
8687 | <para>
|
---|
8688 | Creates a new vboxnet<N> interface on the host OS.
|
---|
8689 | This command is essential before you can attach VMs to a
|
---|
8690 | host-only network.
|
---|
8691 | </para>
|
---|
8692 | </listitem>
|
---|
8693 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8694 |
|
---|
8695 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
8696 | <term>
|
---|
8697 | <computeroutput>remove vboxnet<N></computeroutput>
|
---|
8698 | </term>
|
---|
8699 |
|
---|
8700 | <listitem>
|
---|
8701 | <para>
|
---|
8702 | Removes a vboxnet<N> interface from the host OS.
|
---|
8703 | </para>
|
---|
8704 | </listitem>
|
---|
8705 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
8706 |
|
---|
8707 | </variablelist>
|
---|
8708 |
|
---|
8709 | </sect1>
|
---|
8710 |
|
---|
8711 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-dhcpserver">
|
---|
8712 |
|
---|
8713 | <title>VBoxManage dhcpserver</title>
|
---|
8714 |
|
---|
8715 | <para>
|
---|
8716 | The "dhcpserver" commands allow you to control the DHCP server
|
---|
8717 | that is built into VirtualBox. You may find this useful when using
|
---|
8718 | internal or host-only networking. Theoretically, you can enable it
|
---|
8719 | for a bridged network as well, but that will likely cause
|
---|
8720 | conflicts with other DHCP servers in your physical network.
|
---|
8721 | </para>
|
---|
8722 |
|
---|
8723 | <para>
|
---|
8724 | Use the following command line options:
|
---|
8725 | </para>
|
---|
8726 |
|
---|
8727 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
8728 |
|
---|
8729 | <listitem>
|
---|
8730 | <para>
|
---|
8731 | If you use internal networking for a virtual network adapter
|
---|
8732 | of a virtual machine, use <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
8733 | dhcpserver add --netname
|
---|
8734 | <network_name></computeroutput>, where
|
---|
8735 | <computeroutput><network_name></computeroutput> is the
|
---|
8736 | same network name you used with <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
8737 | modifyvm <vmname> --intnet<X>
|
---|
8738 | <network_name></computeroutput>.
|
---|
8739 | </para>
|
---|
8740 | </listitem>
|
---|
8741 |
|
---|
8742 | <listitem>
|
---|
8743 | <para>
|
---|
8744 | If you use host-only networking for a virtual network adapter
|
---|
8745 | of a virtual machine, use <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
8746 | dhcpserver add --ifname
|
---|
8747 | <hostonly_if_name></computeroutput> instead, where
|
---|
8748 | <computeroutput><hostonly_if_name></computeroutput> is
|
---|
8749 | the same host-only interface name you used with
|
---|
8750 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage modifyvm <vmname>
|
---|
8751 | --hostonlyadapter<X>
|
---|
8752 | <hostonly_if_name></computeroutput>.
|
---|
8753 | </para>
|
---|
8754 |
|
---|
8755 | <para>
|
---|
8756 | Alternatively, you can also use the
|
---|
8757 | <computeroutput>--netname</computeroutput> option as with
|
---|
8758 | internal networks if you know the host-only network's name.
|
---|
8759 | You can see the names with <computeroutput>VBoxManage list
|
---|
8760 | hostonlyifs</computeroutput>. See
|
---|
8761 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-list" />.
|
---|
8762 | </para>
|
---|
8763 | </listitem>
|
---|
8764 |
|
---|
8765 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
8766 |
|
---|
8767 | <para>
|
---|
8768 | The following additional parameters are required when first adding
|
---|
8769 | a DHCP server:
|
---|
8770 | </para>
|
---|
8771 |
|
---|
8772 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
8773 |
|
---|
8774 | <listitem>
|
---|
8775 | <para>
|
---|
8776 | With <computeroutput>--ip</computeroutput>, specify the IP
|
---|
8777 | address of the DHCP server itself.
|
---|
8778 | </para>
|
---|
8779 | </listitem>
|
---|
8780 |
|
---|
8781 | <listitem>
|
---|
8782 | <para>
|
---|
8783 | With <computeroutput>--netmask</computeroutput>, specify the
|
---|
8784 | netmask of the network.
|
---|
8785 | </para>
|
---|
8786 | </listitem>
|
---|
8787 |
|
---|
8788 | <listitem>
|
---|
8789 | <para>
|
---|
8790 | With <computeroutput>--lowerip</computeroutput> and
|
---|
8791 | <computeroutput>--upperip</computeroutput>, you can specify
|
---|
8792 | the lowest and highest IP address, respectively, that the DHCP
|
---|
8793 | server will hand out to clients.
|
---|
8794 | </para>
|
---|
8795 | </listitem>
|
---|
8796 |
|
---|
8797 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
8798 |
|
---|
8799 | <para>
|
---|
8800 | Finally, you must specify
|
---|
8801 | <computeroutput>--enable</computeroutput> or the DHCP server will
|
---|
8802 | be created in the disabled state, doing nothing.
|
---|
8803 | </para>
|
---|
8804 |
|
---|
8805 | <para>
|
---|
8806 | After this, VirtualBox will automatically start the DHCP server
|
---|
8807 | for given internal or host-only network as soon as the first
|
---|
8808 | virtual machine which uses that network is started.
|
---|
8809 | </para>
|
---|
8810 |
|
---|
8811 | <para>
|
---|
8812 | Reversely, use <computeroutput>VBoxManage dhcpserver
|
---|
8813 | remove</computeroutput> with the given <computeroutput>--netname
|
---|
8814 | <network_name></computeroutput> or <computeroutput>--ifname
|
---|
8815 | <hostonly_if_name></computeroutput> to remove the DHCP
|
---|
8816 | server again for the given internal or host-only network.
|
---|
8817 | </para>
|
---|
8818 |
|
---|
8819 | <para>
|
---|
8820 | To modify the settings of a DHCP server created earlier with
|
---|
8821 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage dhcpserver add</computeroutput>, you
|
---|
8822 | can use <computeroutput>VBoxManage dhcpserver
|
---|
8823 | modify</computeroutput> for a given network or host-only interface
|
---|
8824 | name. This has the same parameters as <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
8825 | dhcpserver add</computeroutput>.
|
---|
8826 | </para>
|
---|
8827 |
|
---|
8828 | </sect1>
|
---|
8829 |
|
---|
8830 | <sect1 id="vboxmanage-usbdevsource">
|
---|
8831 |
|
---|
8832 | <title>VBoxManage usbdevsource</title>
|
---|
8833 |
|
---|
8834 | <para>
|
---|
8835 | The "usbdevsource" commands enable you to add and remove USB
|
---|
8836 | devices globally.
|
---|
8837 | </para>
|
---|
8838 |
|
---|
8839 | <para>
|
---|
8840 | The following command adds a USB device.
|
---|
8841 | </para>
|
---|
8842 |
|
---|
8843 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource add <source name>
|
---|
8844 | --backend <backend>
|
---|
8845 | --address <address>
|
---|
8846 | </screen>
|
---|
8847 |
|
---|
8848 | <para>
|
---|
8849 | Where the command line options are:
|
---|
8850 | </para>
|
---|
8851 |
|
---|
8852 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
8853 |
|
---|
8854 | <listitem>
|
---|
8855 | <para>
|
---|
8856 | <source name> specifies the ID of the 'source' USB
|
---|
8857 | device to be added. Mandatory.
|
---|
8858 | </para>
|
---|
8859 | </listitem>
|
---|
8860 |
|
---|
8861 | <listitem>
|
---|
8862 | <para>
|
---|
8863 | --backend <backend> specifies the USB proxy service
|
---|
8864 | backend to use. Mandatory.
|
---|
8865 | </para>
|
---|
8866 | </listitem>
|
---|
8867 |
|
---|
8868 | <listitem>
|
---|
8869 | <para>
|
---|
8870 | --address <address> specifies the backend specific
|
---|
8871 | address. Mandatory.
|
---|
8872 | </para>
|
---|
8873 | </listitem>
|
---|
8874 |
|
---|
8875 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
8876 |
|
---|
8877 | <para>
|
---|
8878 | The following command removes a USB device.
|
---|
8879 | </para>
|
---|
8880 |
|
---|
8881 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource remove <source name>
|
---|
8882 | </screen>
|
---|
8883 |
|
---|
8884 | <para>
|
---|
8885 | Where the command line options are:
|
---|
8886 | </para>
|
---|
8887 |
|
---|
8888 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
8889 |
|
---|
8890 | <listitem>
|
---|
8891 | <para>
|
---|
8892 | <source name> specifies the ID of the 'source' USB
|
---|
8893 | device to be removed. Mandatory.
|
---|
8894 | </para>
|
---|
8895 | </listitem>
|
---|
8896 |
|
---|
8897 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
8898 |
|
---|
8899 | </sect1>
|
---|
8900 |
|
---|
8901 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-mediumio.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8902 |
|
---|
8903 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-debugvm.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8904 |
|
---|
8905 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-extpack.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8906 |
|
---|
8907 | <xi:include href="user_man_VBoxManage-unattended.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
8908 |
|
---|
8909 | </chapter>
|
---|